]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Document new backup scripts behavior
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
65 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
66 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
67 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
68
69 @page
70 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
71 @insertcopying
72 @end titlepage
73
74 @ifnottex
75 @node Top
76 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
77
78 @insertcopying
79
80 @cindex file archival
81 @cindex archiving files
82
83 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
84 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
85 @end ifnottex
86
87 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
88 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
89
90 @menu
91 * Introduction::
92 * Tutorial::
93 * tar invocation::
94 * operations::
95 * Backups::
96 * Choosing::
97 * Date input formats::
98 * Formats::
99 * Media::
100
101 Appendices
102
103 * Genfile::
104 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
105 * Copying This Manual::
106 * Index::
107
108 @detailmenu
109 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
110
111 Introduction
112
113 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
114 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
115 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
116 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
117 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
118 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
119 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
120
121 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
122
123 * assumptions::
124 * stylistic conventions::
125 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
126 * frequent operations::
127 * Two Frequent Options::
128 * create:: How to Create Archives
129 * list:: How to List Archives
130 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
131 * going further::
132
133 Two Frequently Used Options
134
135 * file tutorial::
136 * verbose tutorial::
137 * help tutorial::
138
139 How to Create Archives
140
141 * prepare for examples::
142 * Creating the archive::
143 * create verbose::
144 * short create::
145 * create dir::
146
147 How to List Archives
148
149 * list dir::
150
151 How to Extract Members from an Archive
152
153 * extracting archives::
154 * extracting files::
155 * extract dir::
156 * failing commands::
157
158 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
159
160 * Synopsis::
161 * using tar options::
162 * Styles::
163 * All Options::
164 * help::
165 * verbose::
166 * interactive::
167
168 The Three Option Styles
169
170 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
171 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
172 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
173 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
174
175 All @command{tar} Options
176
177 * Operation Summary::
178 * Option Summary::
179 * Short Option Summary::
180
181 @GNUTAR{} Operations
182
183 * Basic tar::
184 * Advanced tar::
185 * create options::
186 * extract options::
187 * backup::
188 * Applications::
189 * looking ahead::
190
191 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
192
193 * Operations::
194 * append::
195 * update::
196 * concatenate::
197 * delete::
198 * compare::
199
200 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
201
202 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
203 * multiple::
204
205 Updating an Archive
206
207 * how to update::
208
209 Options Used by @option{--create}
210
211 * Ignore Failed Read::
212
213 Options Used by @option{--extract}
214
215 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
216 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
217 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
218
219 Options to Help Read Archives
220
221 * read full records::
222 * Ignore Zeros::
223
224 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
225
226 * Dealing with Old Files::
227 * Overwrite Old Files::
228 * Keep Old Files::
229 * Keep Newer Files::
230 * Unlink First::
231 * Recursive Unlink::
232 * Modification Times::
233 * Setting Access Permissions::
234 * Writing to Standard Output::
235 * remove files::
236
237 Coping with Scarce Resources
238
239 * Starting File::
240 * Same Order::
241
242 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
243
244 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
245 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
246 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
247 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
248 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
249 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
250 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
251
252 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
253
254 * General-Purpose Variables::
255 * Magnetic Tape Control::
256 * User Hooks::
257 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
258
259 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
260
261 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
262 * Selecting Archive Members::
263 * files:: Reading Names from a File
264 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
265 * Wildcards::
266 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
267 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
268 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
269
270 Reading Names from a File
271
272 * nul::
273
274 Excluding Some Files
275
276 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
277 * problems with exclude::
278
279 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
280
281 * directory:: Changing Directory
282 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
283
284 Date input formats
285
286 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
287 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
288 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
289 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
290 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
291 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
292 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
293 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
294 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
295
296 Controlling the Archive Format
297
298 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
299 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
300 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
301 * Standard:: The Standard Format
302 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
303 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
304
305 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
306
307 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
308 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
309 * old:: Old V7 Archives
310 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
311 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
312 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
313
314 Using Less Space through Compression
315
316 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
317 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
318
319 Tapes and Other Archive Media
320
321 * Device:: Device selection and switching
322 * Remote Tape Server::
323 * Common Problems and Solutions::
324 * Blocking:: Blocking
325 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
326 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
327 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
328 * verify::
329 * Write Protection::
330
331 Blocking
332
333 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
334 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
335
336 Many Archives on One Tape
337
338 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
339 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
340
341 Using Multiple Tapes
342
343 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
344 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
345
346 GNU tar test suite
347
348 * Genfile::
349
350 Copying This Manual
351
352 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
353
354 @end detailmenu
355 @end menu
356
357 @node Introduction
358 @chapter Introduction
359
360 @GNUTAR{} creates
361 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
362 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
363 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
364 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
365 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
366
367 @menu
368 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
369 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
370 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
371 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
372 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
373 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
374 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
375 @end menu
376
377 @node Book Contents
378 @section What this Book Contains
379
380 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
381 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
382 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
383 or comments.
384
385 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
386 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
387 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
388 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
389 progressive order, building on information already explained.
390
391 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
392 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
393 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
394 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
395 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
396 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
397 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
398 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
399 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
400 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
401
402 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
403 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
404
405 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
406 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
407 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
408 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
409 about a specific topic.
410
411 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
412 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
413 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
414 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
415
416 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
417 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
418 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
419 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
420 indicate this.)
421
422 @node Definitions
423 @section Some Definitions
424
425 @cindex archive
426 @cindex tar archive
427 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
428 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
429 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
430 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
431 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
432 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
433 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
434 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
435
436 @cindex member
437 @cindex archive member
438 @cindex file name
439 @cindex member name
440 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
441 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
442 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
443 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
444 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
445 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
446 archive.
447
448 @cindex extraction
449 @cindex unpacking
450 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
451 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
452 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
453 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
454 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
455 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
456 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
457 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
458 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
459 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
460 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
461
462 @node What tar Does
463 @section What @command{tar} Does
464
465 @cindex tar
466 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
467 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
468 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
469 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
470 stored.
471
472 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
473 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
474 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
475 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
476 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
477
478 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
479
480 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
481 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
482
483 @table @asis
484 @item Storage
485 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
486 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
487 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
488 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
489 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
490 unit.
491
492 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
493 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
494 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
495 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
496 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
497 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
498 archives useful.
499
500 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
501 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
502 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
503 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
504 all dimensions, even time!)
505
506 @item Backup
507 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
508 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
509 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
510 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
511 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
512 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
513 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
514 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
515 filesystem.
516
517 @item Transportation
518 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
519 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
520 files from one system to another.
521 @end table
522
523 @node Naming tar Archives
524 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
525
526 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
527 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
528 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
529 it and to make examples more clear.
530
531 @cindex tar file
532 @cindex entry
533 @cindex tar entry
534 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
535 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
536 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
537 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
538 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
539
540 @node Current status
541 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
542
543 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
544 primary aims are:
545
546 @itemize @bullet
547 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
548 implementations.
549 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
550 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
551 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
552 @end itemize
553
554 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
555 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
556 following issues need special mentioning:
557
558 @table @asis
559 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
560
561 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
562 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
563
564 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
565 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
566 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
567
568 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
569 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
570 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
571
572 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
573 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
574 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
575 of this issue and its implications.
576
577 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
578 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
579
580 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
581
582 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
583 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
584 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
585 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
586 @option{--check-links}.
587
588 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
589
590 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
591
592 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
593
594 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
595 @end table
596
597 @node Authors
598 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
599
600 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
601 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
602 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
603 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
604 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
605 numerous and kind users.
606
607 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
608 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
609 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
610 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
611 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
612
613 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
614 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
615 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
616 i'll think about it.}
617
618 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
619 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
620
621 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
622 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
623 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
624 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
625 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
626 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
627 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
628 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
629 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
630 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
631 thing.}
632
633 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
634 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
635
636 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
637 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
638 active development and maintenance work has started
639 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
640 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
641
642 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
643
644 @node Reports
645 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
646
647 @cindex bug reports
648 @cindex reporting bugs
649 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
650 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
651
652 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
653 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
654 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
655 manual}.
656
657 @node Tutorial
658 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
659
660 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
661 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
662 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
663 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
664 details about how @command{tar} works.
665
666 @menu
667 * assumptions::
668 * stylistic conventions::
669 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
670 * frequent operations::
671 * Two Frequent Options::
672 * create:: How to Create Archives
673 * list:: How to List Archives
674 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
675 * going further::
676 @end menu
677
678 @node assumptions
679 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
680
681 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
682 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
683 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
684 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
685 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
686
687 @itemize @bullet
688 @item
689 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
690 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
691 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
692 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
693 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
694 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
695 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
696 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
697 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
698 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
699 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
700 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
701 else?}
702
703 @item
704 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
705 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
706 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
707 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
708 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
709 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
710 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
711
712 @item
713 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
714 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
715 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
716 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
717 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
718 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
719 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
720 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
721 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
722
723 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
724 @end itemize
725
726 @node stylistic conventions
727 @section Stylistic Conventions
728
729 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
730 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
731 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
732 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
733 sometimes @samp{like this}.
734
735 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
736 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
737
738 @node basic tar options
739 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
740
741 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
742 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
743 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
744 operations, and options.
745
746 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
747 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
748 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
749 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
750 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
751 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
752
753 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
754 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
755 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
756 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
757 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
758 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
759
760 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
761 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
762 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
763 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
764 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
765 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
766 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
767 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
768 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
769 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
770 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
771 @ref{Short Options}.)
772
773 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
774 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
775 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
776 For example, instead of typing
777
778 @smallexample
779 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
780 @end smallexample
781
782 @noindent
783 you can type
784 @smallexample
785 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
786 @end smallexample
787
788 @noindent
789 or even
790 @smallexample
791 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
792 @end smallexample
793
794 @noindent
795 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
796 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
797 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
798
799 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
800 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
801 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
802 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
803 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
804 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
805 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
806
807 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
808 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
809 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
810 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
811 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
812 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
813 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
814 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
815 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
816 intends.
817
818 @node frequent operations
819 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
820
821 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
822 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
823 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
824 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
825
826 @table @kbd
827 @item --create
828 @itemx -c
829 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
830 @item --list
831 @itemx -t
832 List the contents of an archive.
833 @item --extract
834 @itemx -x
835 Extract one or more members from an archive.
836 @end table
837
838 @node Two Frequent Options
839 @section Two Frequently Used Options
840
841 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
842 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
843 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
844 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
845 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
846 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
847
848 @menu
849 * file tutorial::
850 * verbose tutorial::
851 * help tutorial::
852 @end menu
853
854 @node file tutorial
855 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
856
857 @table @kbd
858 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
859 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
860 Specify the name of an archive file.
861 @end table
862
863 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
864 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
865 that @command{tar} will work on.
866
867 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
868 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
869 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
870 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
871 look roughly like one of the following:
872
873 @smallexample
874 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
875 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
876 @end smallexample
877
878 @noindent
879 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
880 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
881 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
882 @ref{file}.
883
884 @node verbose tutorial
885 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
886
887 @table @kbd
888 @item --verbose
889 @itemx -v
890 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
891 @end table
892
893 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
894 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
895 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
896 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
897 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
898 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
899 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
900 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
901 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
902 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
903
904 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
905 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
906 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
907 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
908 @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
909 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
910 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
911 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
912
913 @smallexample
914 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
915 @end smallexample
916
917 @noindent
918 above, you might say
919
920 @smallexample
921 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
922 @end smallexample
923
924 @noindent
925 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
926 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
927 twice, like this:
928
929 @smallexample
930 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
931 @end smallexample
932
933 @noindent
934 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
935
936 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
937 --verbose}}.
938
939 @node help tutorial
940 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
941
942 @table @kbd
943 @item --help
944
945 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
946 all operations and option available for the current version of
947 @command{tar} available on your system.
948 @end table
949
950 @node create
951 @section How to Create Archives
952 @UNREVISED
953
954 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
955 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
956 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
957 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
958 practice on.
959
960 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
961 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
962 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
963 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
964 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
965 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
966 other directories and other archives.
967
968 The three files you will archive in this example are called
969 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
970 @file{collection.tar}.
971
972 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
973 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
974 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
975 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
976 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
977 @command{tar} works.
978
979 @menu
980 * prepare for examples::
981 * Creating the archive::
982 * create verbose::
983 * short create::
984 * create dir::
985 @end menu
986
987 @node prepare for examples
988 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
989
990 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
991 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
992 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
993 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
994 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
995 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
996
997 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
998 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
999 the full path name of this directory is
1000 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1001 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1002
1003 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1004 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1005 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1006 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1007
1008 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1009 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1010 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1011 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1012 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1013 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1014 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1015 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1016 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1017 information on how to do this.
1018
1019 @node Creating the archive
1020 @subsection Creating the Archive
1021
1022 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1023 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1024
1025 @smallexample
1026 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1027 @end smallexample
1028
1029 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1030 option forms}. You could also say:
1031
1032 @smallexample
1033 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @noindent
1037 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1038 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1039 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1040 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1041
1042 Note that the part of the command which says,
1043 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1044 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1045 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1046 archive file you create.
1047
1048 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1049 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1050 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1051 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1052 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1053 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1054
1055 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1056 is the operation which creates the new archive
1057 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1058 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1059 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1060 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1061 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1062 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1063 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1064
1065 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1066 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1067 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1068
1069 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1070 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1071
1072 @smallexample
1073 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1074 @end smallexample
1075
1076 @noindent
1077 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1078 the files in the directory.
1079
1080 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1081 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1082 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1083 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1084
1085 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1086 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1087 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1088
1089 @node create verbose
1090 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1091
1092 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1093 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1094 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1095
1096 @smallexample
1097 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1098 blues
1099 folk
1100 jazz
1101 @end smallexample
1102
1103 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1104 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1105 @iftex
1106 (note the different font styles).
1107 @end iftex
1108 @ifinfo
1109 .
1110 @end ifinfo
1111
1112 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1113 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1114 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1115 understand.
1116
1117 @node short create
1118 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1119
1120 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1121 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1122 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1123 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1124 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1125 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1126 using short option forms:
1127
1128 @smallexample
1129 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1130 blues
1131 folk
1132 jazz
1133 @end smallexample
1134
1135 @noindent
1136 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1137 long or short option forms.
1138
1139 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1140 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1141 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1142 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1143 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1144 following way:
1145
1146 @smallexample
1147 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1148 @end smallexample
1149
1150 @noindent
1151 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1152 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1153 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1154 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1155 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1156 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1157 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1158 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1159 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1160 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1161 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1162
1163 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1164 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1165 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1166
1167 This example,
1168
1169 @smallexample
1170 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1171 @end smallexample
1172
1173 @noindent
1174 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1175 becomes much more so:
1176
1177 @smallexample
1178 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1179 @end smallexample
1180
1181 @noindent
1182 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1183 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1184 valuable data.
1185
1186 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1187 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1188 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1189 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1190 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1191 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1192 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1193 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1194
1195 @node create dir
1196 @subsection Archiving Directories
1197
1198 @cindex Archiving Directories
1199 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1200 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1201 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1202 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1203 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1204
1205 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1206 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1207 type:
1208
1209 @smallexample
1210 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1211 $
1212 @end smallexample
1213
1214 @noindent
1215 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1216 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1217 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1218 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1219
1220 @smallexample
1221 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1222 @end smallexample
1223
1224 @noindent
1225 @command{tar} should output:
1226
1227 @smallexample
1228 practice/
1229 practice/blues
1230 practice/folk
1231 practice/jazz
1232 practice/collection.tar
1233 @end smallexample
1234
1235 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1236 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1237 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1238 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1239 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1240 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1241 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1242 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1243 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1244 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1245 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1246 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1247 into the file system).
1248
1249 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1250
1251 @smallexample
1252 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1253 @end smallexample
1254
1255 @noindent
1256 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1257 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1258 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1259 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1260 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1261 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1262 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1263 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1264 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1265 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1266 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1267 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1268 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1269 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1270 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1271 directory being dumped.}
1272
1273 @node list
1274 @section How to List Archives
1275
1276 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1277 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1278 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1279 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1280 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1281 created in the last section with the command,
1282
1283 @smallexample
1284 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1285 @end smallexample
1286
1287 @noindent
1288 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1289
1290 @smallexample
1291 blues
1292 folk
1293 jazz
1294 @end smallexample
1295
1296 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1297 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1298
1299 @noindent
1300 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1301
1302 @smallexample
1303 ./birds
1304 baboon
1305 ./box
1306 @end smallexample
1307
1308 @noindent
1309 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1310 to specify the name of the archive.
1311
1312 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1313 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1314 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1315
1316 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1317 like:
1318
1319 @smallexample
1320 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1321 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1325 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1326 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1327 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1328 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1329 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1330
1331 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1332 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1333 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1334 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1335 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1336 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1337 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1338 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1339 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1340 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1341 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1342
1343 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1344 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1345 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1346 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1347 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1348 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1349 stored in the specified archive.
1350
1351 @menu
1352 * list dir::
1353 @end menu
1354
1355 @node list dir
1356 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1357
1358 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1359 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1360 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1361 @value{op-verbose} option.
1362
1363 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1364 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1365
1366 @smallexample
1367 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1368 @end smallexample
1369
1370 @command{tar} responds:
1371
1372 @smallexample
1373 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1374 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1375 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1376 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1377 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1378 @end smallexample
1379
1380 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1381 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1382
1383 @node extract
1384 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1385 @UNREVISED
1386 @cindex Extraction
1387 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1388 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1389
1390 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1391 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1392 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1393 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1394 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1395 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1396 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1397 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1398
1399 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1400 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1401 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1402 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1403
1404 @menu
1405 * extracting archives::
1406 * extracting files::
1407 * extract dir::
1408 * extracting untrusted archives::
1409 * failing commands::
1410 @end menu
1411
1412 @node extracting archives
1413 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1414
1415 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1416 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1417
1418 @smallexample
1419 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1420 @end smallexample
1421
1422 @noindent
1423 produces this:
1424
1425 @smallexample
1426 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1427 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1428 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1429 @end smallexample
1430
1431 @node extracting files
1432 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1433
1434 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1435 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1436 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1437 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1438 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1439 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1440 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1441 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1442 a footnote? --gray}.
1443
1444 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1445 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1446 the files in the directory again.
1447
1448 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1449 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1450
1451 @smallexample
1452 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1453 @end smallexample
1454
1455 @noindent
1456 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1457 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1458 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1459 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1460 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1461 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1462 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1463 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1464 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1465 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1466 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1467 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1468 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1469 @value{op-list}.
1470
1471 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1472 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1473 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1474 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1475 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1476 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1477 (@pxref{list}).
1478
1479 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1480 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1481 Output}).
1482
1483 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1484 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1485
1486 @node extract dir
1487 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1488
1489 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1490 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1491 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1492 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1493 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1494 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1495 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1496 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1497 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1498 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1499 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1500 @pxref{Writing}).
1501
1502 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1503 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1504 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1505
1506 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1507 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1508 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1509 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1510 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1511 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1512 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1513 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1514 following command:
1515
1516 @smallexample
1517 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1518 practice/folk
1519 practice/jazz
1520 @end smallexample
1521
1522 @noindent
1523 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1524 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1525 in the example below:
1526
1527 @smallexample
1528 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1529 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1530 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1531 @end smallexample
1532
1533 @noindent
1534 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1535 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1536 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1537 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1538
1539 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1540 will be.}
1541
1542 @node extracting untrusted archives
1543 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1544
1545 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1546 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1547 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1548 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1549 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1550 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1551 extract it as follows:
1552
1553 @smallexample
1554 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1555 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1556 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1557 @end smallexample
1558
1559 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1560 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1561 with @value{op-verbose}.
1562
1563 @node failing commands
1564 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1565
1566 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1567 they won't work.
1568
1569 If you try to use this command,
1570
1571 @smallexample
1572 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1573 @end smallexample
1574
1575 @noindent
1576 you will get the following response:
1577
1578 @smallexample
1579 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1580 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1581 $
1582 @end smallexample
1583
1584 @noindent
1585 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1586 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1587 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1588
1589 @smallexample
1590 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1591 practice/folk
1592 practice/jazz
1593 practice/rock
1594 @end smallexample
1595
1596 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1597 order...}
1598
1599 @noindent
1600 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1601
1602 @smallexample
1603 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1604 @end smallexample
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1608 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1609 files from the archive.
1610
1611 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1612 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1613
1614 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1615
1616 @node going further
1617 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1618
1619 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1620 be in the rest of the manual.}
1621
1622 @node tar invocation
1623 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1624 @UNREVISED
1625
1626 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1627 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1628 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1629 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1630 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1631 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1632 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1633 depending on what the operation is.
1634
1635 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1636 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1637 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1638 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1639 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1640
1641 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1642 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1643 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1644 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1645 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1646 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1647
1648 @menu
1649 * Synopsis::
1650 * using tar options::
1651 * Styles::
1652 * All Options::
1653 * help::
1654 * verbose::
1655 * interactive::
1656 @end menu
1657
1658 @node Synopsis
1659 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1660
1661 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1662
1663 @smallexample
1664 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1665 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1666 @end smallexample
1667
1668 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1669
1670 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1671 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1672 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1673 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1674 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1675 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1676 @command{tar} is to act on.
1677
1678 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1679 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1680 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1681 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1682
1683 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1684 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1685 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1686 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1687 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1688 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1689 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1690 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1691 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1692
1693 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1694 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1695 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1696 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1697 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1698 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1699
1700 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1701 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1702 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1703 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1704
1705 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1706 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1707 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1708 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1709 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1710 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1711 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1712 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1713 sufficient for this.
1714
1715 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1716 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1717 @value{op-files-from} option.
1718
1719 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1720 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1721 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1722 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1723 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1724 on the entire contents of the archive.
1725
1726 @cindex exit status
1727 @cindex return status
1728 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1729 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1730 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1731 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1732 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1733 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1734 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1735 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1736 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1737 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1738 the error.
1739
1740 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1741 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1742 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1743 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1744 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1745 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1746
1747 @node using tar options
1748 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1749
1750 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1751 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1752 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1753 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1754 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1755 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1756 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1757 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1758 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1759 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1760
1761 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1762 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1763 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1764 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1765 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1766 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1767 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1768 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1769 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1770 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1771 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1772 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1773
1774 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1775 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1776 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1777 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1778 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1779 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1780 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1781
1782 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1783 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1784 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1785 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1786 write @value{op-list}.
1787
1788 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1789 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1790 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1791 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1792 styles.
1793
1794 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1795 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
1796 incorporated.}
1797
1798 @node Styles
1799 @section The Three Option Styles
1800
1801 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1802 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1803 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1804 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1805
1806 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1807 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1808 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1809 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1810 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1811 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1812 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1813 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1814 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1815 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1816 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1817 feel comfortable with the others.
1818
1819 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1820 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1821 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1822 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1823 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1824 pay special attention to them.
1825
1826 @menu
1827 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1828 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1829 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1830 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1831 @end menu
1832
1833 @node Mnemonic Options
1834 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1835
1836 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1837 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1838
1839 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1840 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1841 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1842 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1843 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1844 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1845 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1846 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1847 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1848 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1849 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1850 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1851 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1852 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1853 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1854
1855 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1856 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1857 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1858
1859 @smallexample
1860 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1861 @end smallexample
1862
1863 @noindent
1864 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1865 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1866
1867 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1868 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1869 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1870 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1871 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1872 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1873 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1874 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1875
1876 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1877 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1878 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1879 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1880
1881 @node Short Options
1882 @subsection Short Option Style
1883
1884 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1885 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @option{-t}
1886 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1887 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1888
1889 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1890
1891 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1892 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1893 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1894 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1895 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1896 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1897 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1898 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1899
1900 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1901 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1902 white space characters}.
1903
1904 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1905 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1906 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1907 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1908 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1909 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1910 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1911 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1912
1913 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1914 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1915 For example:
1916
1917 @smallexample
1918 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1919 @end smallexample
1920
1921 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1922 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1923 end up overwriting files.
1924
1925 @node Old Options
1926 @subsection Old Option Style
1927 @UNREVISED
1928
1929 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1930 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1931 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1932 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1933 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1934 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1935 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1936 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1937 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1938 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1939 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1940 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1941
1942 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1943
1944 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1945 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1946 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1947 style as follows:
1948
1949 @smallexample
1950 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1951 @end smallexample
1952
1953 @noindent
1954 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1955 the argument of @option{-f}.
1956
1957 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1958 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1959 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1960 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1961 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1962 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1963 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1964 pertain to.
1965
1966 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1967 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
1968
1969 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
1970 users. For example, the two commands:
1971
1972 @smallexample
1973 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1974 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1975 @end smallexample
1976
1977 @noindent
1978 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
1979 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
1980 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
1981 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
1982
1983 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
1984
1985 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
1986 following are equivalent:
1987
1988 @smallexample
1989 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
1990 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1991 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1992 @end smallexample
1993
1994 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
1995
1996 @cindex option syntax, traditional
1997 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
1998 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
1999 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2000 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2001 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2002 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2003 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2004 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2005
2006 @node Mixing
2007 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2008
2009 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2010 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2011 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2012 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2013 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2014 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2015 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2016 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2017 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2018 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2019 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2020 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2021 style options.
2022
2023 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2024 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2025
2026 @smallexample
2027 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2028 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2029 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2030 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2031 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2032 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2033 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2034 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2035 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2036 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2037 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2038 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2039 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2040 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2041 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2042 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2043 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2044 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2045 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2046 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2047 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2048 @end smallexample
2049
2050 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2051 the previous set:
2052
2053 @smallexample
2054 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2055 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2056 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2057 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2058 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2059 @end smallexample
2060
2061 @noindent
2062 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2063 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2064 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2065 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2066 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2067 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2068 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2069 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2070 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2071 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2072 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2073
2074 @node All Options
2075 @section All @command{tar} Options
2076
2077 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2078 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2079 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2080 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2081 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2082 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2083
2084 @menu
2085 * Operation Summary::
2086 * Option Summary::
2087 * Short Option Summary::
2088 @end menu
2089
2090 @node Operation Summary
2091 @subsection Operations
2092
2093 @table @kbd
2094
2095 @item --append
2096 @itemx -r
2097
2098 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2099
2100 @item --catenate
2101 @itemx -A
2102
2103 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2104
2105 @item --compare
2106 @itemx -d
2107
2108 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2109 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2110 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2111
2112 @item --concatenate
2113 @itemx -A
2114
2115 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2116 @xref{concatenate}.
2117
2118 @item --create
2119 @itemx -c
2120
2121 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2122
2123 @item --delete
2124
2125 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2126 tape! @xref{delete}.
2127
2128 @item --diff
2129 @itemx -d
2130
2131 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2132
2133 @item --extract
2134 @itemx -x
2135
2136 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2137
2138 @item --get
2139 @itemx -x
2140
2141 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2142
2143 @item --list
2144 @itemx -t
2145
2146 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2147
2148 @item --update
2149 @itemx -u
2150
2151 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2152 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2153 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2154 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2155 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2156 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2157 @xref{update}.
2158
2159 @end table
2160
2161 @node Option Summary
2162 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2163
2164 @table @kbd
2165
2166 @item --absolute-names
2167 @itemx -P
2168
2169 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2170 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2171 @FIXME-xref{}
2172
2173 @item --after-date
2174
2175 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2176
2177 @item --anchored
2178 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2179 @FIXME-xref{}
2180
2181 @item --atime-preserve
2182
2183 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2184 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2185 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2186 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2187 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2188 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2189 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2190 unless you're root.
2191 @FIXME-xref{}
2192
2193 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2194
2195 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2196 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2197 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2198
2199 @item --block-number
2200 @itemx -R
2201
2202 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2203 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2204
2205 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2206 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2207
2208 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2209 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2210
2211 @item --bzip2
2212 @itemx -j
2213
2214 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2215 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2216
2217 @item --checkpoint
2218
2219 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2220 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2221 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2222 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2223
2224 @item --check-links
2225 @itemx -l
2226 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2227 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2228 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2229 output.
2230
2231 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2232 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2233 semantics for @option{-l}.
2234
2235 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2236
2237 @item --compress
2238 @itemx --uncompress
2239 @itemx -Z
2240
2241 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2242 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2243 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2244
2245 @item --confirmation
2246
2247 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2248
2249 @item --dereference
2250 @itemx -h
2251
2252 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2253 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2254 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2255
2256 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2257 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2258
2259 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2260 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2261 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2262
2263 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2264
2265 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2266 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2267
2268 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2269 @itemx -X @var{file}
2270
2271 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2272 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2273
2274 @item --exclude-caches
2275
2276 Automatically excludes all directories
2277 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2278
2279 @item --file=@var{archive}
2280 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2281
2282 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2283 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2284 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2285
2286 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2287 @itemx -T @var{file}
2288
2289 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2290 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2291 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2292
2293 @item --force-local
2294
2295 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2296 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2297 @FIXME-xref{}
2298
2299 @item --format=@var{format}
2300
2301 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2302 following:
2303
2304 @table @samp
2305 @item v7
2306 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2307
2308 @item oldgnu
2309 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2310 1.12 or earlier.
2311
2312 @item gnu
2313 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2314 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2315 numeric fields.
2316
2317 @item ustar
2318 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2319
2320 @item posix
2321 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2322
2323 @end table
2324
2325 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2326
2327 @item --group=@var{group}
2328
2329 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2330 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2331 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2332 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2333
2334 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2335
2336 @item --gzip
2337 @itemx --gunzip
2338 @itemx --ungzip
2339 @itemx -z
2340
2341 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2342 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2343 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2344
2345 @item --help
2346
2347 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2348 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2349
2350 @item --ignore-case
2351 Ignore case when excluding files.
2352 @FIXME-xref{}
2353
2354 @item --ignore-failed-read
2355
2356 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2357 @xref{Reading}.
2358
2359 @item --ignore-zeros
2360 @itemx -i
2361
2362 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2363 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2364
2365 @item --incremental
2366 @itemx -G
2367
2368 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2369 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2370 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2371
2372 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2373
2374 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2375
2376 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2377 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2378 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2379
2380 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2381 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2382 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2383
2384 @item --interactive
2385 @itemx --confirmation
2386 @itemx -w
2387
2388 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2389 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2390 @FIXME-xref{}
2391
2392 @item --keep-newer-files
2393
2394 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2395 when extracting files from an archive.
2396
2397 @item --keep-old-files
2398 @itemx -k
2399
2400 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2401 @xref{Writing}.
2402
2403 @item --label=@var{name}
2404 @itemx -V @var{name}
2405
2406 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2407 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2408 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2409 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2410
2411 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2412 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2413
2414 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2415 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2416 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2417 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2418 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2419
2420 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2421
2422 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2423 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2424 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2425 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2426 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2427 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2428 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2429 permission system.
2430
2431 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2432 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2433 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2434 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2435 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2436
2437 @item --multi-volume
2438 @itemx -M
2439
2440 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2441 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2442
2443 @item --new-volume-script
2444
2445 (see --info-script)
2446
2447 @item -n
2448 @itemx --seek
2449
2450 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2451 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2452 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2453 in cases when such recognition fails.
2454
2455 @item --newer=@var{date}
2456 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2457 @itemx -N
2458
2459 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2460 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2461 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2462 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2463
2464 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2465
2466 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2467 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2468 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2469
2470 @item --no-anchored
2471 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2472 @FIXME-xref{}
2473
2474 @item --no-ignore-case
2475 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2476 @FIXME-xref{}
2477
2478 @item --no-recursion
2479
2480 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2481 @FIXME-xref{}
2482
2483 @item --no-same-owner
2484 @itemx -o
2485
2486 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2487 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2488 for ordinary users.
2489
2490 @item --no-same-permissions
2491
2492 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2493 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2494 for ordinary users.
2495
2496 @item --no-wildcards
2497 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2498 @FIXME-xref{}
2499
2500 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2501 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2502 @FIXME-xref{}
2503
2504 @item --null
2505
2506 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2507 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2508 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2509 @FIXME-xref{}
2510
2511 @item --numeric-owner
2512
2513 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2514 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2515 @FIXME-xref{}
2516
2517 @item -o
2518 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2519 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2520 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2521
2522 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2523 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2524 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2525 removed in the future releases.
2526
2527 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2528
2529 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2530
2531 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2532 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2533 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2534 line or via @option{-T} option.
2535
2536 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2537 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2538
2539 @smallexample
2540 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2541 @end smallexample
2542
2543 @noindent
2544 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2545 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2546
2547 @item --old-archive
2548 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2549
2550 @item --one-file-system
2551 @itemx -l
2552 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2553 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2554 directory.
2555
2556 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2557 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2558 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2559 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2560 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2561
2562 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2563
2564 @item --overwrite
2565
2566 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2567 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2568
2569 @item --overwrite-dir
2570
2571 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2572 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2573
2574 @item --owner=@var{user}
2575
2576 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2577 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2578 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2579 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2580 @FIXME-xref{}
2581
2582 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2583 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2584 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2585 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2586
2587 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2588
2589 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2590
2591 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2592 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2593 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2594 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2595 the following forms:
2596
2597 @table @asis
2598 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2599 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2600 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2601 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2602
2603 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2604 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2605 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2606 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2607 man 7 glob}. For example:
2608
2609 @smallexample
2610 --pax-option delete=security.*
2611 @end smallexample
2612
2613 would suppress security-related information.
2614
2615 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2616
2617 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2618 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2619 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2620
2621 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2622 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2623 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2624 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2625 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2626 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2627 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2628 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2629 @end multitable
2630
2631 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2632 results.
2633
2634 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2635 will use the following default value:
2636
2637 @smallexample
2638 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2639 @end smallexample
2640
2641 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2642 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2643 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2644 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2645 following character substitutions have been made:
2646
2647 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2648 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2649 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2650 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2651 starting at 1.
2652 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2653 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2654 @end multitable
2655
2656 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2657
2658 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2659 will use the following default value:
2660
2661 @smallexample
2662 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2663 @end smallexample
2664
2665 @noindent
2666 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2667 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2668 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2669
2670 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2671 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2672 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2673 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2674 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2675 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2676 record.
2677
2678 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2679 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2680 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2681 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2682 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2683
2684 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2685 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2686 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2687 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2688 For example, in the command:
2689
2690 @smallexample
2691 tar --format=posix --create \
2692 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2693 @end smallexample
2694
2695 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2696 stored in the archive.
2697 @end table
2698
2699 @item --portability
2700 @itemx --old-archive
2701 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2702
2703 @item --posix
2704 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2705
2706 @item --preserve
2707
2708 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2709 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2710
2711 @item --preserve-order
2712
2713 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2714
2715 @item --preserve-permissions
2716 @itemx --same-permissions
2717 @itemx -p
2718
2719 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2720 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2721 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2722 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2723 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2724
2725 @item --read-full-records
2726 @itemx -B
2727
2728 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2729 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2730
2731 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2732
2733 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2734 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2735
2736 @item --recursion
2737
2738 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2739 @FIXME-xref{}
2740
2741 @item --recursive-unlink
2742
2743 Remove existing
2744 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2745 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2746
2747 @item --remove-files
2748
2749 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2750 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2751
2752 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2753
2754 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2755 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2756
2757 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2758
2759 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2760 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2761
2762 @item --same-order
2763 @itemx --preserve-order
2764 @itemx -s
2765
2766 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2767 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2768 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2769 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2770
2771 @item --same-owner
2772
2773 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2774 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2775 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2776 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2777
2778 @item --same-permissions
2779
2780 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2781
2782 @item --show-defaults
2783
2784 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2785 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2786 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2787
2788 @smallexample
2789 $ tar --show-defaults
2790 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2791 @end smallexample
2792
2793 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2794
2795 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2796 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2797
2798 @item --sparse
2799 @itemx -S
2800
2801 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2802 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2803
2804 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2805 @itemx -K @var{name}
2806
2807 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2808 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2809 @xref{Scarce}.
2810
2811 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2812 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2813 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2814 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2815 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2816
2817 @smallexample
2818 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2819 @end smallexample
2820
2821 @noindent
2822 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2823
2824 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2825
2826 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2827 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2828
2829 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2830 @itemx -L @var{num}
2831
2832 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2833 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2834
2835 @item --to-stdout
2836 @itemx -O
2837
2838 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2839 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2840
2841 @item --totals
2842
2843 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2844 @FIXME-xref{}
2845
2846 @item --touch
2847 @itemx -m
2848
2849 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2850 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2851 @xref{Writing}.
2852
2853 @item --uncompress
2854
2855 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2856
2857 @item --ungzip
2858
2859 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2860
2861 @item --unlink-first
2862 @itemx -U
2863
2864 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2865 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2866
2867 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2868
2869 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2870 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2871
2872 @item --utc
2873
2874 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2875 @option{--verbose}.
2876
2877 @item --verbose
2878 @itemx -v
2879
2880 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2881 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2882 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2883
2884 @item --verify
2885 @itemx -W
2886
2887 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2888 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2889
2890 @item --version
2891
2892 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2893 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2894 @FIXME-xref{}
2895
2896 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2897
2898 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2899 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2900 @FIXME-xref{}
2901
2902 @item --wildcards
2903 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2904 @FIXME-xref{}
2905
2906 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2907 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2908 @FIXME-xref{}
2909 @end table
2910
2911 @node Short Option Summary
2912 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2913
2914 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2915 them with the equivalent long option.
2916
2917 @table @kbd
2918
2919 @item -A
2920
2921 @option{--concatenate}
2922
2923 @item -B
2924
2925 @option{--read-full-records}
2926
2927 @item -C
2928
2929 @option{--directory}
2930
2931 @item -F
2932
2933 @option{--info-script}
2934
2935 @item -G
2936
2937 @option{--incremental}
2938
2939 @item -K
2940
2941 @option{--starting-file}
2942
2943 @item -L
2944
2945 @option{--tape-length}
2946
2947 @item -M
2948
2949 @option{--multi-volume}
2950
2951 @item -N
2952
2953 @option{--newer}
2954
2955 @item -O
2956
2957 @option{--to-stdout}
2958
2959 @item -P
2960
2961 @option{--absolute-names}
2962
2963 @item -R
2964
2965 @option{--block-number}
2966
2967 @item -S
2968
2969 @option{--sparse}
2970
2971 @item -T
2972
2973 @option{--files-from}
2974
2975 @item -U
2976
2977 @option{--unlink-first}
2978
2979 @item -V
2980
2981 @option{--label}
2982
2983 @item -W
2984
2985 @option{--verify}
2986
2987 @item -X
2988
2989 @option{--exclude-from}
2990
2991 @item -Z
2992
2993 @option{--compress}
2994
2995 @item -b
2996
2997 @option{--blocking-factor}
2998
2999 @item -c
3000
3001 @option{--create}
3002
3003 @item -d
3004
3005 @option{--compare}
3006
3007 @item -f
3008
3009 @option{--file}
3010
3011 @item -g
3012
3013 @option{--listed-incremental}
3014
3015 @item -h
3016
3017 @option{--dereference}
3018
3019 @item -i
3020
3021 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3022
3023 @item -j
3024
3025 @option{--bzip2}
3026
3027 @item -k
3028
3029 @option{--keep-old-files}
3030
3031 @item -l
3032
3033 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3034 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3035 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3036
3037 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3038
3039 @item -m
3040
3041 @option{--touch}
3042
3043 @item -o
3044
3045 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3046 @option{--portability}.
3047
3048 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3049 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3050 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3051
3052 @item -p
3053
3054 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3055
3056 @item -r
3057
3058 @option{--append}
3059
3060 @item -s
3061
3062 @option{--same-order}
3063
3064 @item -t
3065
3066 @option{--list}
3067
3068 @item -u
3069
3070 @option{--update}
3071
3072 @item -v
3073
3074 @option{--verbose}
3075
3076 @item -w
3077
3078 @option{--interactive}
3079
3080 @item -x
3081
3082 @option{--extract}
3083
3084 @item -z
3085
3086 @option{--gzip}
3087
3088 @end table
3089
3090 @node help
3091 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3092
3093 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3094 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3095 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3096 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3097 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3098 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3099 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3100 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3101
3102 @smallexample
3103 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3104 @end smallexample
3105
3106 @noindent
3107 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3108 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3109 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3110 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3111 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3112 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3113 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3114 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3115 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3116 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3117
3118 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3119 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3120 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3121 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3122 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3123 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3124 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3125 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3126 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3127 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3128
3129 @smallexample
3130 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3131 @end smallexample
3132
3133 @noindent
3134 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3135 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3136 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3137 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3138
3139 @smallexample
3140 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3141 @end smallexample
3142
3143 @noindent
3144 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3145
3146 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3147 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3148 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3149 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3150 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3151
3152 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3153 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3154 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3155 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3156 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3157 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3158 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3159 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3160 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3161 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3162 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3163 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3164 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3165 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3166
3167 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3168 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3169 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3170 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3171 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3172 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3173
3174 @node verbose
3175 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3176
3177 @cindex Progress information
3178 @cindex Status information
3179 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3180 @cindex Verbose operation
3181 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3182 @cindex Error message, block number of
3183 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3184
3185 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3186 @cindex Information during operation
3187 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3188
3189 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3190 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3191 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3192 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3193 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3194 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3195 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3196 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3197 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3198 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3199 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3200 helpful diagnostic tools.
3201
3202 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3203 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3204 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3205 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3206 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3207 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3208
3209 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3210 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3211 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3212 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3213 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3214 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3215 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3216 long list output:
3217
3218 @smallexample
3219 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3220 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3221 @end smallexample
3222
3223 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3224 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3225 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3226 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3227 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3228
3229 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3230 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3231 error.
3232
3233 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3234 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3235 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3236
3237 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3238 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3239 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3240 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3241 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3242 is actually making forward progress.
3243
3244 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3245 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3246
3247 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3248 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3249 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3250 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3251 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3252 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3253 some other reason.
3254
3255 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3256 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3257 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3258 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3259 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3260 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3261 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3262 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3263 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3264 archive from a pipe.
3265
3266 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3267 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3268 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3269 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3270 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3271 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3272 backup section written.}
3273
3274 @node interactive
3275 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3276 @cindex Interactive operation
3277
3278 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3279 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3280 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3281 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3282 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3283 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3284 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3285
3286 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3287 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3288 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3289 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3290 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3291 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3292 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3293 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3294 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3295
3296 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3297 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3298 communications.
3299
3300 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3301 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3302 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3303 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3304 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3305 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3306 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3307 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3308 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3309 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3310 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3311
3312 @node operations
3313 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3314
3315 @menu
3316 * Basic tar::
3317 * Advanced tar::
3318 * create options::
3319 * extract options::
3320 * backup::
3321 * Applications::
3322 * looking ahead::
3323 @end menu
3324
3325 @node Basic tar
3326 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3327
3328 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3329 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3330 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3331 for these operations.
3332
3333 @table @asis
3334 @item @value{op-create}
3335
3336 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3337 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3338 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3339 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3340 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3341 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3342 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3343 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3344 common errors are:
3345
3346 @enumerate
3347 @item
3348 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3349 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3350 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3351 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3352 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3353 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3354
3355 @item
3356 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3357 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3358 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3359 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3360 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3361 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3362 @end enumerate
3363
3364 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3365 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3366 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3367 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3368 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3369 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3370 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3371 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3372
3373 @smallexample
3374 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3375 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3376 @end smallexample
3377
3378 @item @value{op-extract}
3379
3380 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3381
3382 @item @value{op-list}
3383
3384 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3385 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3386 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3387 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3388 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3389 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3390 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3391 that's really the way to go.
3392
3393 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3394 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3395
3396 @end table
3397
3398 @node Advanced tar
3399 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3400
3401 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3402 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3403
3404 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3405 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3406 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3407 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3408 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3409 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3410 error correction in special circumstances.
3411
3412 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3413 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3414
3415 @menu
3416 * Operations::
3417 * append::
3418 * update::
3419 * concatenate::
3420 * delete::
3421 * compare::
3422 @end menu
3423
3424 @node Operations
3425 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3426 @UNREVISED
3427
3428 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3429 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3430 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3431 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3432
3433 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3434 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3435 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3436 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3437 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3438 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3439 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3440 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3441
3442 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3443 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3444 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3445 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3446
3447 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3448 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3449 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3450 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3451 where the last chapter left them.)
3452
3453 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3454
3455 @table @kbd
3456 @item --append
3457 @itemx -r
3458 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3459 @item --update
3460 @itemx -r
3461 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3462 they exist.
3463 @item --concatenate
3464 @itemx --catenate
3465 @itemx -A
3466 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3467 @item --delete
3468 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3469 @item --compare
3470 @itemx --diff
3471 @itemx -d
3472 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3473 @end table
3474
3475 @node append
3476 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3477 @UNREVISED
3478
3479 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3480 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3481 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3482 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3483 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3484 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3485
3486 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3487 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3488 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3489 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3490 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3491 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3492 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3493 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3494
3495 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3496 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3497 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3498 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3499 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3500 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3501 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3502 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3503 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3504 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3505 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3506 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3507 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3508 extracted before it, and so on.
3509
3510 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3511 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3512 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3513 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3514 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3515 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3516 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3517 the command
3518
3519 @smallexample
3520 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3521 @end smallexample
3522
3523 @noindent
3524 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3525
3526 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3527 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3528
3529 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3530 with the Same Name.}
3531
3532 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3533 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3534 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3535 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3536 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3537 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3538 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3539 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3540 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3541 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3542
3543 @menu
3544 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3545 * multiple::
3546 @end menu
3547
3548 @node appending files
3549 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3550 @UNREVISED
3551 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3552 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3553 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3554
3555 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3556 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3557 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3558 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3559 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3560 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3561 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3562 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3563 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3564 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3565
3566 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3567 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3568 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3569 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3570
3571 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3572 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3573 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3574 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3575 @file{collection.tar}:
3576
3577 @smallexample
3578 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3579 @end smallexample
3580
3581 @noindent
3582 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3583 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3584
3585 @smallexample
3586 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3587 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3588 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3589 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3590 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3591 @end smallexample
3592
3593 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3594 title claims it will become...}
3595
3596 @node multiple
3597 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3598
3599 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3600 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3601 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3602 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3603 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3604 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3605 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3606 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3607 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3608 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3609 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3610 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3611 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3612 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3613 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3614 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3615 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3616 versions of the file.
3617
3618 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3619 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3620 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3621 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3622 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3623 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3624 newer version when it is extracted.
3625
3626 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3627 archive in this way:
3628
3629 @smallexample
3630 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3631 blues
3632 @end smallexample
3633
3634 @noindent
3635 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3636 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3637 list the contents of the archive:
3638
3639 @smallexample
3640 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3641 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3642 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3643 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3644 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3645 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3646 @end smallexample
3647
3648 @noindent
3649 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3650 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3651 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3652 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3653 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3654
3655 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3656 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3657 the following example:
3658
3659 @smallexample
3660 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3661 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3662 @end smallexample
3663
3664 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3665 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3666 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3667
3668 @node update
3669 @subsection Updating an Archive
3670 @UNREVISED
3671 @cindex Updating an archive
3672
3673 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3674 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3675 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3676 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3677 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3678 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3679 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3680
3681 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3682 The operation will fail.
3683
3684 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3685 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3686
3687 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3688 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3689 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3690 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3691 Same Name}
3692
3693 @menu
3694 * how to update::
3695 @end menu
3696
3697 @node how to update
3698 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3699
3700 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3701 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3702 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3703 you).
3704
3705 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3706 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3707
3708 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3709 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3710 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3711 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3712 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3713 arguments:
3714
3715 @smallexample
3716 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3717 blues
3718 classical
3719 $
3720 @end smallexample
3721
3722 @noindent
3723 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3724 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3725 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3726 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3727 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3728 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3729 updating it.
3730
3731 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3732 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3733 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3734 information about tapes.
3735
3736 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3737 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3738 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3739 options intended specifically for backups are more
3740 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3741
3742 @node concatenate
3743 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3744
3745 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3746 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3747 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3748 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3749 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3750 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3751
3752 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3753 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3754 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3755 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3756 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3757 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3758 Members with the Same Name.}
3759
3760 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3761 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3762 files from @file{practice}:
3763
3764 @smallexample
3765 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3766 blues
3767 classical
3768 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3769 folk
3770 jazz
3771 @end smallexample
3772
3773 @noindent
3774 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3775 contain what they are supposed to:
3776
3777 @smallexample
3778 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3779 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3780 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3781 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3782 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3783 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3784 @end smallexample
3785
3786 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3787
3788 @smallexample
3789 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3790 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3791 @end smallexample
3792
3793 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3794 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3795
3796 @smallexample
3797 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3798 blues
3799 rock
3800 jazz
3801 folk
3802 @end smallexample
3803
3804 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3805 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3806 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3807 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3808 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3809 new name?}
3810
3811 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3812 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3813
3814 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3815 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3816 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3817 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3818 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3819
3820 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3821 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3822 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3823 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3824 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3825 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3826 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3827 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3828 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3829 @command{cat} shell utility.
3830
3831 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3832 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3833 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3834 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3835 default archive name.
3836
3837 @node delete
3838 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3839 @UNREVISED
3840 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3841 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3842
3843 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3844 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3845 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3846 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3847 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3848 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3849 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3850 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3851 very slowly.
3852
3853 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3854
3855 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3856 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3857 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3858 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3859 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3860 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3861 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3862 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3863 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3864 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3865
3866 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3867 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3868 are in that directory, and then,
3869
3870 @smallexample
3871 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3872 blues
3873 folk
3874 jazz
3875 rock
3876 practice/blues
3877 practice/folk
3878 practice/jazz
3879 practice/rock
3880 practice/blues
3881 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3882 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3883 folk
3884 jazz
3885 rock
3886 $
3887 @end smallexample
3888
3889 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3890 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3891 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3892
3893 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3894 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3895
3896 @node compare
3897 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3898 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3899 @UNREVISED
3900
3901 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3902 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3903 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3904 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3905 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3906 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3907 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3908
3909 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3910 archive with a non-default record size.
3911
3912 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3913 corresponding members in the archive.
3914
3915 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3916 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3917 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3918 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3919
3920 @smallexample
3921 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3922 rock
3923 blues
3924 tar: funk not found in archive
3925 @end smallexample
3926
3927 @noindent
3928 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3929 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3930 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3931 such as:
3932
3933 @smallexample
3934 funk: does not exist
3935 @end smallexample
3936
3937 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3938 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3939 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3940
3941 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3942 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3943 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3944
3945 @node create options
3946 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3947
3948 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3949 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3950 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3951 @option{--create}.
3952
3953 @menu
3954 * Ignore Failed Read::
3955 @end menu
3956
3957 @node Ignore Failed Read
3958 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
3959
3960 @table @kbd
3961 @item --ignore-failed-read
3962 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
3963 @end table
3964
3965 @node extract options
3966 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
3967 @UNREVISED
3968
3969 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3970 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3971
3972 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3973 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
3974 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3975 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3976 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
3977 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3978 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3979 @option{--extract} operation.
3980
3981 @menu
3982 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3983 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
3984 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3985 @end menu
3986
3987 @node Reading
3988 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3989 @cindex Options when reading archives
3990 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3991 @cindex Records, incomplete
3992 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3993 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3994 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3995 @cindex Small memory
3996 @cindex Running out of space
3997 @UNREVISED
3998
3999 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4000 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4001 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4002 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4003 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4004 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4005 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4006 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4007 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4008
4009 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4010 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4011 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4012 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4013 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4014 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4015
4016 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4017 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4018 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4019 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4020 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4021
4022 @menu
4023 * read full records::
4024 * Ignore Zeros::
4025 @end menu
4026
4027 @node read full records
4028 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4029
4030 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4031
4032 @table @kbd
4033 @item --read-full-records
4034 @item -B
4035 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4036 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4037 than the one specified.
4038 @end table
4039
4040 @node Ignore Zeros
4041 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4042
4043 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4044 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4045 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4046 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4047 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4048 together).
4049
4050 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4051 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4052 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4053 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4054 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4055
4056 @table @kbd
4057 @item --ignore-zeros
4058 @itemx -i
4059 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4060 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4061 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4062 @end table
4063
4064 @node Writing
4065 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4066 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4067 @cindex Protecting old files
4068 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4069 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4070 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4071 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4072 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4073 @UNREVISED
4074
4075 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4076
4077 @menu
4078 * Dealing with Old Files::
4079 * Overwrite Old Files::
4080 * Keep Old Files::
4081 * Keep Newer Files::
4082 * Unlink First::
4083 * Recursive Unlink::
4084 * Modification Times::
4085 * Setting Access Permissions::
4086 * Writing to Standard Output::
4087 * remove files::
4088 @end menu
4089
4090 @node Dealing with Old Files
4091 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4092
4093 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4094 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4095 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4096 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4097 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4098 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4099 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4100 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4101 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4102
4103 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4104 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4105 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4106 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4107 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4108
4109 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4110 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4111 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4112
4113 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4114 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4115 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4116 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4117 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4118 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4119 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4120 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4121 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4122 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4123 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4124 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4125 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4126 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4127 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4128 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4129 removed.
4130
4131 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4132 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4133 before extracting them.
4134
4135 @node Overwrite Old Files
4136 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4137
4138 @table @kbd
4139 @item --overwrite
4140 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4141 from an archive.
4142
4143 This
4144 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4145 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4146 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4147 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4148 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4149 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4150 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4151 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4152 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4153 they are in the way of extraction.
4154
4155 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4156 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4157 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4158 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4159 are currently being executed.
4160
4161 @item --overwrite-dir
4162 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4163 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4164 @end table
4165
4166 @node Keep Old Files
4167 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4168
4169 @table @kbd
4170 @item --keep-old-files
4171 @itemx -k
4172 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4173 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4174 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4175 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4176 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4177 extraction.
4178 @end table
4179
4180 @node Keep Newer Files
4181 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4182
4183 @table @kbd
4184 @item --keep-newer-files
4185 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4186 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4187 @end table
4188
4189 @node Unlink First
4190 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4191
4192 @table @kbd
4193 @item --unlink-first
4194 @itemx -U
4195 Remove files before extracting over them.
4196 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4197 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4198 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4199 @end table
4200
4201 @node Recursive Unlink
4202 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4203
4204 @table @kbd
4205 @item --recursive-unlink
4206 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4207 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4208 @end table
4209
4210 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4211 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4212 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4213 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4214
4215 @node Modification Times
4216 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4217
4218 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4219 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4220 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4221 setting.
4222
4223 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4224 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4225 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4226
4227 @table @kbd
4228 @item --touch
4229 @itemx -m
4230 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4231 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4232 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4233 @end table
4234
4235 @node Setting Access Permissions
4236 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4237
4238 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4239 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4240 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4241 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4242
4243 @table @kbd
4244 @item --preserve-permission
4245 @itemx --same-permission
4246 @itemx --ignore-umask
4247 @itemx -p
4248 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4249 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4250 @value{op-extract}.
4251 @end table
4252
4253 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4254 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4255 more than one file?}
4256
4257 @node Writing to Standard Output
4258 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4259
4260 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4261 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4262 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4263 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4264 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4265 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4266 found in the archive.
4267
4268 @table @kbd
4269 @item --to-stdout
4270 @itemx -O
4271 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4272 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4273 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4274 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4275 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4276 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4277 @end table
4278
4279 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4280 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4281 it. You can use a command like this:
4282
4283 @smallexample
4284 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4285 @end smallexample
4286
4287 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4288
4289 @smallexample
4290 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4291 @end smallexample
4292
4293 @node remove files
4294 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4295
4296 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4297 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4298 else in the book...}
4299
4300 @table @kbd
4301 @item --remove-files
4302 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4303 @end table
4304
4305 @node Scarce
4306 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4307 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4308 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4309 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4310 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4311 @UNREVISED
4312
4313 @menu
4314 * Starting File::
4315 * Same Order::
4316 @end menu
4317
4318 @node Starting File
4319 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4320
4321 @table @kbd
4322 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4323 @itemx -K @var{name}
4324 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4325 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4326 @end table
4327
4328 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4329 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4330 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4331 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4332 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4333 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4334 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4335 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4336 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4337
4338 @node Same Order
4339 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4340
4341 @table @kbd
4342 @item --same-order
4343 @itemx --preserve-order
4344 @itemx -s
4345 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4346 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4347 @value{op-list}
4348 or @value{op-extract}.
4349 @end table
4350
4351 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4352 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4353 the option to exist in either version?}
4354
4355 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4356
4357 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4358 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4359 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4360 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4361 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4362 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4363
4364 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4365
4366 @node backup
4367 @section Backup options
4368
4369 @cindex backup options
4370
4371 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4372 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4373 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4374 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4375 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4376 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4377
4378 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4379 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4380 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4381 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4382 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4383 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4384 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4385 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4386 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4387 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4388
4389 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4390 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4391 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4392 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4393 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4394 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4395 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4396 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4397 refers to a remote file.
4398
4399 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4400 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4401 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4402 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4403 file are kept.
4404
4405 @table @samp
4406
4407 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4408 @opindex --backup
4409 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4410 @cindex backups
4411 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4412 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4413
4414 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4415 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4416 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4417 use the @samp{existing} method.
4418
4419 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4420 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4421 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4422 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4423
4424 @table @samp
4425 @item t
4426 @itemx numbered
4427 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4428 Always make numbered backups.
4429
4430 @item nil
4431 @itemx existing
4432 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4433 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4434 of the others.
4435
4436 @item never
4437 @itemx simple
4438 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4439 Always make simple backups.
4440
4441 @end table
4442
4443 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4444 @opindex --suffix
4445 @cindex backup suffix
4446 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4447 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4448 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4449 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4450 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4451
4452 @end table
4453
4454 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4455 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4456 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4457 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4458 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4459 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4460
4461 @smallexample
4462 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4463 @end smallexample
4464
4465 @node Applications
4466 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4467 @UNREVISED
4468
4469 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4470 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4471 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4472
4473 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4474
4475 @findex uuencode
4476 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4477 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4478 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4479 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4480 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4481 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4482 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4483 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4484
4485 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4486 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4487 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4488 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4489
4490 @smallexample
4491 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4492 @end smallexample
4493
4494 @noindent
4495 The command also works using short option forms:
4496
4497 @smallexample
4498 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4499 @end smallexample
4500
4501 @noindent
4502 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4503
4504 @node looking ahead
4505 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4506
4507 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4508 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4509 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4510 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4511 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4512 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4513 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4514 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4515 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4516 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4517
4518 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4519 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4520 @value{xref-files-from}.
4521
4522 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4523 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4524
4525 @node Backups
4526 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4527 @UNREVISED
4528
4529 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4530 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4531 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4532 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4533 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4534 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4535 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4536
4537 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4538 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4539 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4540 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4541
4542 @smallexample
4543 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4544 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4545 @end smallexample
4546
4547 @ifclear PUBLISH
4548
4549 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4550 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4551 distribution.
4552
4553 @smallexample
4554 .* dumps
4555 . + what are dumps
4556
4557 . + different levels of dumps
4558 . - full dump = dump everything
4559 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4560 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4561 n-1 dump (?)
4562
4563 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4564 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4565
4566 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4567 . - how to customize
4568 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4569
4570 . + Problems
4571 . - rsh doesn't work
4572 . - rtape isn't installed
4573 . - (others?)
4574
4575 . + the --incremental option of tar
4576
4577 . + tapes
4578 . - write protection
4579 . - types of media
4580 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4581 . - files and tape marks
4582 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4583 . - positioning the tape
4584 MT writes two at end of write,
4585 backspaces over one when writing again.
4586 @end smallexample
4587
4588 @end ifclear
4589
4590 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4591 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4592
4593 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4594 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4595 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4596 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4597 called @dfn{dumps}.
4598
4599 @menu
4600 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4601 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4602 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4603 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4604 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4605 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4606 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4607 @end menu
4608
4609 @node Full Dumps
4610 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4611 @UNREVISED
4612
4613 @cindex full dumps
4614 @cindex dumps, full
4615
4616 @cindex corrupted archives
4617 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4618 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4619 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4620 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4621 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4622 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4623
4624 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4625 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4626 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4627
4628 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4629 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4630 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4631
4632 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4633 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4634 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4635
4636 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4637 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4638 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4639
4640 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4641 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4642 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4643 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4644 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4645 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4646
4647 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4648 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4649 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4650
4651 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4652
4653 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4654
4655 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4656 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4657 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4658 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4659 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4660 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4661 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4662 doing a complete incremental restore.
4663
4664 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4665 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4666 @command{tar} program.
4667
4668 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4669 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4670
4671 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4672 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4673 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4674 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4675 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4676 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4677 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4678 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4679 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4680 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4681 the data.
4682
4683 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4684 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4685 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4686 deleted from the directory}.
4687
4688 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4689 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4690 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4691 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4692 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4693
4694 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4695 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4696 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4697 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4698 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4699 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4700 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4701
4702 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4703 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4704 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4705 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4706 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4707 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4708 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4709 appropriate files in the archive.
4710
4711 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4712 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4713 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4714 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4715 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4716 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4717 created.
4718
4719 @node Inc Dumps
4720 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4721 @UNREVISED
4722
4723 @cindex incremental dumps
4724 @cindex dumps, incremental
4725
4726 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4727 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4728
4729 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4730 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4731 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4732 monthly) dump.
4733
4734 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4735 and @samp{/var}.
4736
4737 @smallexample
4738 #! /bin/sh
4739 tar --create \
4740 --blocking-factor=126 \
4741 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
4742 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4743 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4744 --verbose \
4745 /usr /var
4746 @end smallexample
4747
4748 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4749 store information about the previous tar dump.
4750
4751 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4752 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4753 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4754 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4755
4756 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4757 @section The Incremental Options
4758 @UNREVISED
4759
4760 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4761 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4762 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4763 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4764 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4765 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4766 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4767
4768 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4769 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4770 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4771 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4772 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4773 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4774
4775 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4776 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4777 @command{tar} program.
4778
4779 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4780 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4781 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4782 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4783 extract the files in the archive.
4784
4785 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4786 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4787 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4788 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4789 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4790
4791 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
4792 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4793 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4794 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4795 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4796 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4797 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4798 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4799 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4800 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4801
4802 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4803 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4804 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4805 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4806 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4807 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4808 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4809 all appropriate files in the archive.
4810
4811 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4812 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4813 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4814 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4815 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4816 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4817 actually created.
4818
4819 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4820 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
4821 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4822 backwards.
4823
4824 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4825 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4826 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4827 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4828 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4829 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4830 to be a better way to go.
4831
4832 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4833 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4834 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4835 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4836 @file{/dev/null}.
4837
4838 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4839
4840 @node Backup Levels
4841 @section Levels of Backups
4842
4843 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4844 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4845 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4846 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4847 are daily re-archived.
4848
4849 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4850 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4851 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4852 dump.
4853
4854 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4855 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4856 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4857 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4858 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4859 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4860 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4861 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4862
4863 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4864 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4865 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4866 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4867 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4868
4869 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4870 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4871 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4872 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4873 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4874 running the appropriate script.
4875
4876 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4877 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4878 their use in detail.
4879
4880 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4881 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4882 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4883 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4884 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4885 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4886
4887 @node Backup Parameters
4888 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4889
4890 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4891 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4892 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4893 before using these scripts.
4894
4895 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4896 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4897 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4898 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4899 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4900 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4901 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4902 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4903
4904 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4905 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4906
4907 @menu
4908 * General-Purpose Variables::
4909 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4910 * User Hooks::
4911 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4912 @end menu
4913
4914 @node General-Purpose Variables
4915 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4916
4917 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4918 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4919 sends a backup report to this address.
4920 @end defvr
4921
4922 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4923 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4924 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4925 or the string @samp{now}.
4926
4927 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4928 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4929 @end defvr
4930
4931 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4932
4933 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
4934 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
4935 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
4936 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
4937 invocations of @command{mt}.
4938 @end defvr
4939
4940 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4941
4942 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4943 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4944 @end defvr
4945
4946 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4947
4948 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4949 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4950 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4951 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4952 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4953
4954 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
4955 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4956 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
4957 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
4958 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
4959 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
4960 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
4961 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
4962 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
4963
4964 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
4965 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4966 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
4967 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
4968 @end defvr
4969
4970 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
4971
4972 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
4973 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
4974 @end defvr
4975
4976 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
4977
4978 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4979 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
4980 which the backup script is run.
4981
4982 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
4983 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4984 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
4985 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
4986 @end defvr
4987
4988 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
4989
4990 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
4991 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
4992 @end defvr
4993
4994 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
4995
4996 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
4997 @end defvr
4998
4999 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5000 @anchor{RSH}
5001 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5002 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5003 to use public key authentication.
5004 @end defvr
5005
5006 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5007
5008 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5009 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5010 of @GNUTAR{}.
5011 @end defvr
5012
5013 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5014
5015 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5016 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5017 @end defvr
5018
5019 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5020
5021 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5022 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5023 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5024 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5025 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5026 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5027
5028 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5029 @end defvr
5030
5031 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5032
5033 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5034
5035 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5036 @end defvr
5037
5038 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5039
5040 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5041 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5042 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5043 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5044 the console.
5045 @end defvr
5046
5047 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5048
5049 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5050 this will just be some literal text.
5051 @end defvr
5052
5053 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5054
5055 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5056 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5057 @end defvr
5058
5059 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5060 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5061
5062 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5063 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5064 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5065
5066 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5067 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5068 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5069
5070 @smallexample
5071 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5072
5073 mt_begin() @{
5074 mt -f "$1" retension
5075 @}
5076 @end smallexample
5077 @end defvr
5078
5079 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5080 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5081 follows:
5082
5083 @smallexample
5084 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5085
5086 mt_rewind() @{
5087 mt -f "$1" rewind
5088 @}
5089 @end smallexample
5090
5091 @end defvr
5092
5093 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5094 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5095 it is defined as follows:
5096
5097 @smallexample
5098 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5099
5100 mt_offline() @{
5101 mt -f "$1" offl
5102 @}
5103 @end smallexample
5104 @end defvr
5105
5106 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5107 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5108 including error count. Default definition:
5109
5110 @smallexample
5111 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5112
5113 mt_status() @{
5114 mt -f "$1" status
5115 @}
5116 @end smallexample
5117 @end defvr
5118
5119 @node User Hooks
5120 @subsection User Hooks
5121
5122 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5123 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5124 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5125 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5126 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5127 taking four arguments:
5128
5129 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5130 Its arguments are:
5131
5132 @table @var
5133 @item level
5134 Current backup or restore level.
5135
5136 @item host
5137 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5138
5139 @item fs
5140 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5141
5142 @item fsname
5143 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5144 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5145 @end table
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5149
5150 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5151 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5152 @end defvr
5153
5154 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5155 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5156 @end defvr
5157
5158 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5159 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5160 @end defvr
5161
5162 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5163 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5164 @end defvr
5165
5166 @node backup-specs example
5167 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5168
5169 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5170
5171 @smallexample
5172 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5173
5174 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5175 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5176 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5177
5178 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5179 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5180 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5181
5182 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5183 my_status() @{
5184 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5185 @}
5186 MT_STATUS=my_status
5187
5188 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5189 MT_OFFLINE=:
5190
5191 BLOCKING=124
5192 BACKUP_DIRS="
5193 albert:/fs/fsf
5194 apple-gunkies:/gd
5195 albert:/fs/gd2
5196 albert:/fs/gp
5197 geech:/usr/jla
5198 churchy:/usr/roland
5199 albert:/
5200 albert:/usr
5201 apple-gunkies:/
5202 apple-gunkies:/usr
5203 gnu:/hack
5204 gnu:/u
5205 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5206 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5207
5208 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5209
5210 @end smallexample
5211
5212 @node Scripted Backups
5213 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5214
5215 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5216
5217 @smallexample
5218 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5219 @end smallexample
5220
5221 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5222 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5223 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5224 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5225 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5226 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5227 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5228 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5229 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5230 create a level one dump.}
5231
5232 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5233 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5234
5235 @table @asis
5236 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5237
5238 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5239
5240 @item @var{hh}
5241
5242 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5243
5244 @item now
5245
5246 The dump must be run immediately.
5247 @end table
5248
5249 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5250 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5251 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5252 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5253 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5254 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5255 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5256 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5257 Restoration}).
5258
5259 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5260 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5261 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5262 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5263 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5264 detailed explanation of this file.}
5265
5266 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5267 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5268 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5269 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5270 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5271 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5272 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5273
5274 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5275 standard output.
5276
5277 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5278 script:
5279
5280 @table @option
5281 @item -l @var{level}
5282 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5283 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5284
5285 @item -f
5286 @itemx --force
5287 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5288
5289 @item -v[@var{level}]
5290 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5291 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5292 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5293 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5294
5295 @item -t @var{start-time}
5296 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5297 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5298
5299 @item -h
5300 @itemx --help
5301 Display short help message and exit.
5302
5303 @item -L
5304 @itemx --license
5305 Display program license and exit.
5306
5307 @item -V
5308 @itemx --version
5309 Display program version and exit.
5310 @end table
5311
5312
5313 @node Scripted Restoration
5314 @section Using the Restore Script
5315
5316 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5317 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5318 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5319 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5320 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5321
5322 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5323 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5324 line. For example, running
5325
5326 @smallexample
5327 restore 'albert:*'
5328 @end smallexample
5329
5330 @noindent
5331 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5332 complicated example:
5333
5334 @smallexample
5335 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5336 @end smallexample
5337
5338 @noindent
5339 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5340 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5341
5342 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5343 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5344 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5345 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5346 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5347 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5348
5349 @smallexample
5350 restore --level=1
5351 @end smallexample
5352
5353 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5354
5355 @table @option
5356 @item -a
5357 @itemx --all
5358 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5359
5360 @item -l @var{level}
5361 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5362 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5363
5364 @item -v[@var{level}]
5365 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5366 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5367 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5368 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5369
5370 @item -h
5371 @itemx --help
5372 Display short help message and exit.
5373
5374 @item -L
5375 @itemx --license
5376 Display program license and exit.
5377
5378 @item -V
5379 @itemx --version
5380 Display program version and exit.
5381 @end table
5382
5383 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5384 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5385 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5386 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5387 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5388 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5389 positioning.}
5390
5391 @quotation
5392 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5393 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5394 @end quotation
5395
5396 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5397 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5398
5399 @node Choosing
5400 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5401 @UNREVISED
5402
5403 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5404
5405 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5406 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5407 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5408 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5409 are in specified directories.
5410
5411 @menu
5412 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5413 * Selecting Archive Members::
5414 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5415 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5416 * Wildcards::
5417 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5418 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5419 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5420 @end menu
5421
5422 @node file
5423 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5424 @cindex Naming an archive
5425 @cindex Archive Name
5426 @cindex Directing output
5427 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5428 @cindex Where is the archive?
5429 @UNREVISED
5430
5431 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5432 archive"?}
5433
5434 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5435 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5436 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5437 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5438 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5439 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5440 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5441 instead of the default archive file location.
5442
5443 @table @kbd
5444 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5445 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5446 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5447 any operation.
5448 @end table
5449
5450 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5451
5452 @smallexample
5453 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5454 @end smallexample
5455
5456 @noindent
5457 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5458 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5459 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5460 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5461 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5462 for the archive name.
5463
5464 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5465 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5466 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5467
5468 @cindex Writing new archives
5469 @cindex Archive creation
5470 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5471 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5472 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5473 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5474 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5475
5476 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5477 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5478 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5479 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5480 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5481 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5482
5483 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5484 "notable tar usages".}
5485
5486 @smallexample
5487 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5488 @end smallexample
5489
5490 @FIXME{help!}
5491
5492 @cindex Standard input and output
5493 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5494 @anchor{remote-dev}
5495 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5496 use the following:
5497
5498 @smallexample
5499 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5500 @end smallexample
5501
5502 @noindent
5503 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5504 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5505 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5506 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5507 as the username on the remote machine.
5508
5509 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5510 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5511 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5512 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5513 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5514 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5515 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5516 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5517 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5518 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5519 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5520 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5521 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5522 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5523
5524 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5525 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5526 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5527 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5528 shouldn't mention it..}
5529
5530 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5531 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5532 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5533 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5534
5535 @node Selecting Archive Members
5536 @section Selecting Archive Members
5537 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5538 @cindex Specifying archive members
5539
5540 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5541 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5542 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5543 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5544
5545 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5546 the command line, as follows:
5547 @smallexample
5548 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5549 @end smallexample
5550
5551 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5552 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5553 option.
5554
5555 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5556 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5557
5558 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5559 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5560 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5561 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5562 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5563 @command{tar} does nothing.
5564
5565 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5566 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5567 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5568 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5569 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5570
5571 @node files
5572 @section Reading Names from a File
5573
5574 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5575 @cindex Lists of file names
5576 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5577 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5578 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5579 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5580 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5581 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5582 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5583 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5584
5585 @table @kbd
5586 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5587 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5588 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5589 @end table
5590
5591 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5592 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5593 names are read from standard input.
5594
5595 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5596 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5597 command.
5598
5599 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5600
5601 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5602
5603 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5604 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5605 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5606 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5607 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5608 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5609 more information.)
5610
5611 @smallexample
5612 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5613 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5614 @end smallexample
5615
5616 @noindent
5617 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5618 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5619 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5620 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5621 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5622 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5623 specifying @option{-C} option:
5624
5625 @smallexample
5626 @group
5627 $ @kbd{cat list}
5628 -C/etc
5629 passwd
5630 hosts
5631 -C/lib
5632 libc.a
5633 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5634 @end group
5635 @end smallexample
5636
5637 @noindent
5638 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5639 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5640 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5641 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5642 contain:
5643
5644 @smallexample
5645 @group
5646 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5647 passwd
5648 hosts
5649 libc.a
5650 @end group
5651 @end smallexample
5652
5653 @noindent
5654 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5655 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5656 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5657
5658 @itemize @bullet
5659 @item
5660 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5661 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5662 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5663
5664 @item
5665 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5666 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5667 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5668
5669 @item
5670 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5671 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5672
5673 @smallexample
5674 @group
5675 --directory
5676 dir
5677 @end group
5678 @end smallexample
5679
5680 @noindent
5681 and
5682
5683 @smallexample
5684 @group
5685 -C
5686 dir
5687 @end group
5688 @end smallexample
5689 @end itemize
5690
5691 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5692 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5693 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5694 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5695
5696 @menu
5697 * nul::
5698 @end menu
5699
5700 @node nul
5701 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5702
5703 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5704 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5705 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5706 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5707 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5708
5709 @table @kbd
5710 @item --null
5711 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5712 terminate in a newline.
5713 @end table
5714
5715 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5716 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5717 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5718 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5719 file names that begin with dash.
5720
5721 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5722 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5723 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5724 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5725 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5726 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5727 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5728 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5729 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5730
5731 @smallexample
5732 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5733 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5734 @end smallexample
5735
5736 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5737
5738 @node exclude
5739 @section Excluding Some Files
5740 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5741 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5742 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5743 @UNREVISED
5744
5745 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5746 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5747
5748 @table @kbd
5749 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5750 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5751 @end table
5752
5753 @findex exclude
5754 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5755 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5756 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5757 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5758 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5759
5760 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5761
5762 @table @kbd
5763 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5764 @itemx -X @var{file}
5765 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5766 @var{file}.
5767 @end table
5768
5769 @findex exclude-from
5770 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5771 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5772 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5773 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5774 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5775 added to the archive.
5776
5777 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5778 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5779
5780 @table @kbd
5781 @item --exclude-caches
5782 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5783 @end table
5784
5785 @findex exclude-caches
5786 When creating an archive,
5787 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5788 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5789 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5790 A cache directory tag is a short file
5791 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5792 and having a standard header
5793 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5794 Various applications write cache directory tags
5795 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5796 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5797
5798 @menu
5799 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5800 * problems with exclude::
5801 @end menu
5802
5803 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5804 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5805
5806 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5807 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5808 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5809 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5810
5811 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5812 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5813 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5814 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5815
5816 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5817 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5818
5819 @smallexample
5820 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5821 @end smallexample
5822
5823 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5824 @samp{readme}.
5825
5826 @table @option
5827 @item --anchored
5828 @itemx --no-anchored
5829 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5830 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5831 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5832
5833 @item --ignore-case
5834 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5835 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5836 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5837
5838 @item --wildcards
5839 @itemx --no-wildcards
5840 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5841 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5842 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5843 names literally.
5844
5845 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5846 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5847 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5848 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5849 matched only by @samp{/}.
5850
5851 @end table
5852
5853 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5854 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5855 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5856 the name's parent directories.
5857
5858 @node problems with exclude
5859 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5860
5861 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5862 pitfalls:
5863
5864 @itemize @bullet
5865 @item
5866 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5867 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5868 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5869 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5870 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5871 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5872
5873 @item
5874 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5875 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5876 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5877 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5878 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5879 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5880
5881 @item
5882 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5883 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5884 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5885 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5886 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5887 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5888
5889 For example, write:
5890
5891 @smallexample
5892 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5893 @end smallexample
5894
5895 @noindent
5896 rather than:
5897
5898 @smallexample
5899 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5900 @end smallexample
5901
5902 @item
5903 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5904 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5905 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5906 might fail.
5907
5908 @item
5909 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5910 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5911 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5912 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5913 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5914 patterns listed in a file.
5915
5916 @end itemize
5917
5918 @node Wildcards
5919 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5920
5921 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5922 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5923 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5924 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5925 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5926 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5927 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5928
5929 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5930
5931 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5932 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5933 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5934 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5935 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5936 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5937 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5938 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5939 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5940
5941 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5942 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5943 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5944 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5945 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5946 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5947 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5948 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5949 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5950 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5951
5952 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5953 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5954 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5955 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5956 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5957 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5958
5959 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5960 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5961 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5962 @var{e}, inclusive.
5963
5964 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5965 who don't have dan around.}
5966
5967 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5968 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5969 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5970 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5971
5972 @node after
5973 @section Operating Only on New Files
5974 @cindex Excluding file by age
5975 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5976 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5977 @UNREVISED
5978
5979 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5980 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5981 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5982 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5983 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5984 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
5985 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5986 than the @var{date} you specify.
5987
5988 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5989 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5990 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5991
5992 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5993 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5994 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5995 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5996
5997 @table @kbd
5998 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5999 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6000 @itemx -N @var{date}
6001 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6002
6003 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6004 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6005
6006 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6007 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6008
6009 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6010 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6011 @end table
6012
6013 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6014 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6015 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6016 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6017 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6018 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6019
6020 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6021 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6022 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6023 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6024
6025 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6026 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6027 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6028 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6029 contents of the file were looked at).
6030
6031 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6032 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6033 arguments.
6034
6035 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6036
6037 @quotation
6038 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6039 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6040 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6041 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6042 @end quotation
6043
6044 @noindent
6045 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6046
6047 @node recurse
6048 @section Descending into Directories
6049 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6050 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6051 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6052 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6053 @UNREVISED
6054
6055 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6056
6057 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6058
6059 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6060 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6061 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6062 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6063
6064 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6065 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6066 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6067 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6068 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6069 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6070 @command{tar}, or look.
6071
6072 @table @kbd
6073 @item --no-recursion
6074 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6075
6076 @item --recursion
6077 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6078 This is the default.
6079 @end table
6080
6081 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6082 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6083 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6084 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6085 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6086 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6087 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6088 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6089 located via @command{find}.
6090
6091 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6092 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6093 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6094 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6095 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6096 no new files on its own.
6097
6098 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6099 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6100 the files under those directories.
6101
6102 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6103 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6104
6105 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6106 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6107 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6108
6109 @smallexample
6110 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6111 @end smallexample
6112
6113 @noindent
6114 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6115 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6116 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6117
6118 @node one
6119 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6120 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6121 @UNREVISED
6122
6123 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6124 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6125 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6126 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6127 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6128 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6129 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6130
6131 @table @kbd
6132 @item --one-file-system
6133 @itemx -l
6134 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6135 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6136 @end table
6137
6138 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6139 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6140 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6141 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6142 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6143 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6144
6145 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6146 but nothing under it.
6147
6148 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6149 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6150 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6151 standard error.
6152
6153 @menu
6154 * directory:: Changing Directory
6155 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6156 @end menu
6157
6158 @node directory
6159 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6160
6161 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6162 things around some.}
6163
6164 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6165 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6166 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6167 @UNREVISED
6168
6169 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6170 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6171 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6172 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6173 the list.
6174
6175 @table @kbd
6176 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6177 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6178 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6179 @end table
6180
6181 For example,
6182
6183 @smallexample
6184 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6185 @end smallexample
6186
6187 @noindent
6188 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6189 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6190 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6191 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6192 store in the same archive.
6193
6194 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6195 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6196 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6197 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6198 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6199
6200 Contrast this with the command,
6201
6202 @smallexample
6203 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6204 @end smallexample
6205
6206 @noindent
6207 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6208 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6209 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6210 named @file{orange-colored}.
6211
6212 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6213 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6214 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6215 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6216 @file{foo.tar}:
6217
6218 @smallexample
6219 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6220 @end smallexample
6221
6222 @noindent
6223 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6224 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6225 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6226 directories where those files were located.
6227
6228 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6229 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6230 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6231 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6232 @option{--directory} option.
6233
6234 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6235 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6236 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6237 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6238 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6239 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6240 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6241
6242 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6243
6244 @smallexample
6245 @group
6246 -C
6247 /etc
6248 passwd
6249 hosts
6250 -C
6251 /lib
6252 libc.a
6253 @end group
6254 @end smallexample
6255
6256 @noindent
6257 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6258
6259 @smallexample
6260 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6261 @end smallexample
6262
6263 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6264 list, i.e. always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6265
6266 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6267 @value{op-null} option.
6268
6269 @node absolute
6270 @subsection Absolute File Names
6271 @UNREVISED
6272
6273 @table @kbd
6274 @item -P
6275 @itemx --absolute-names
6276 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6277 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6278 @end table
6279
6280 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6281 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6282 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6283
6284 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6285 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6286 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6287 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6288 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6289 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6290 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6291 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6292
6293 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6294 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6295 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6296
6297 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6298 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6299 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6300 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6301 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6302 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6303 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6304 be @file{bin/ls}.
6305
6306 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6307 none of these transformations.
6308
6309 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6310 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6311
6312 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6313 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6314 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6315
6316 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6317 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6318 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6319 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6320 more convenient than switching to root.
6321
6322 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6323 to transfer files between systems.}
6324
6325 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6326
6327 @table @kbd
6328 @item --absolute-names
6329 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6330 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6331
6332 @end table
6333
6334 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6335
6336 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6337 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6338 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6339 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6340
6341 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6342 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6343 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6344
6345 @smallexample
6346 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6347 @end smallexample
6348
6349 @noindent
6350 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6351 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6352 For example:
6353
6354 @smallexample
6355 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6356 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6357 @end smallexample
6358
6359 @include getdate.texi
6360
6361 @node Formats
6362 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6363
6364 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6365 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6366 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6367
6368 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6369 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6370
6371 @table @asis
6372 @item gnu
6373 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6374 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6375 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6376 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6377 formats.
6378
6379 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6380 length.
6381
6382 @item oldgnu
6383 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6384
6385 @item v7
6386 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6387 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6388 are:
6389
6390 @enumerate
6391 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6392 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6393 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6394 devices, fifos etc.)
6395 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6396 octal)
6397 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6398 and group name of the file owner).
6399 @end enumerate
6400
6401 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6402 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6403 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6404 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6405 Automake prior to 1.9.
6406
6407 @item ustar
6408 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6409 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6410 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6411
6412 @enumerate
6413 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6414 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6415 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6416 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6417 characters.
6418 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6419 100 characters.
6420 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6421 is 8GB
6422 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6423 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6424 @end enumerate
6425
6426 @item star
6427 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6428 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6429 currently does not produce them.
6430
6431 @item posix
6432 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6433 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6434 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6435 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6436 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6437 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6438 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6439 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6440 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6441
6442 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6443 of @GNUTAR{}.
6444
6445 @end table
6446
6447 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6448 formats:
6449
6450 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6451 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6452 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6453 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6454 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6455 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6456 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6457 @end multitable
6458
6459 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6460 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6461 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6462 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6463 switch to @samp{posix}.
6464
6465 @menu
6466 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6467 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6468 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6469 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6470 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6471 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6472 @end menu
6473
6474 @node Portability
6475 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6476
6477 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6478 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6479 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6480 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6481 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6482 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6483 archives more portable.
6484
6485 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6486 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6487 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6488 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6489
6490 @menu
6491 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6492 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6493 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6494 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6495 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6496 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6497 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6498 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6499 @end menu
6500
6501 @node Portable Names
6502 @subsection Portable Names
6503
6504 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6505 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6506 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6507 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6508 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6509 less.
6510
6511 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6512 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6513 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6514 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6515 than System V's.
6516
6517 @node dereference
6518 @subsection Symbolic Links
6519 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6520 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6521
6522 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6523 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6524 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6525 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6526 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6527 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6528 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6529 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6530
6531 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6532 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6533 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6534 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6535 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6536 system.
6537
6538 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6539 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6540 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6541
6542 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6543 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6544 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6545 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6546
6547 @node old
6548 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6549 @cindex Format, old style
6550 @cindex Old style format
6551 @cindex Old style archives
6552
6553 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6554 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6555 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6556 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6557 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6558 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6559 option). When you specify it,
6560 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6561 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6562 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6563
6564 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6565 unless the archive was created using this option.
6566
6567 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6568 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6569 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6570 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6571 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6572
6573 @node ustar
6574 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6575
6576 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6577 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6578 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6579 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6580 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6581 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6582
6583 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6584 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6585
6586 @node gnu
6587 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6588
6589 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6590 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6591 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6592 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6593 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6594 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6595 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6596 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6597 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6598
6599 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6600 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6601 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6602
6603 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6604 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6605
6606 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6607 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6608 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6609
6610 @itemize @bullet
6611 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6612 @item @value{op-incremental}
6613 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6614 @end itemize
6615
6616 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6617 format in the future.
6618
6619 @node posix
6620 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6621
6622 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6623 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6624
6625 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6626 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6627 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6628 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6629 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6630
6631 @itemize @bullet
6632 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6633 @item @value{op-incremental}
6634 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6635 @end itemize
6636
6637 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6638
6639 @node Checksumming
6640 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6641
6642 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6643 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6644 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6645 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6646 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6647 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6648 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6649 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6650 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6651 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6652 vice versa.
6653
6654 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6655 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6656 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6657 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6658 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6659 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6660 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6661 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6662
6663 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6664 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6665 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6666 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6667 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6668 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6669 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6670 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6671 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6672 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6673 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6674
6675 @node Large or Negative Values
6676 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6677 @cindex large values
6678 @cindex future time stamps
6679 @cindex negative time stamps
6680
6681 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6682 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6683 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6684 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6685 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6686 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6687 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6688 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6689 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6690 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6691
6692 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6693 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6694
6695 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6696 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6697
6698 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6699 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6700 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6701 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6702 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6703 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6704
6705 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6706 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6707 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6708 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6709 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6710 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6711 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6712 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6713 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6714
6715 @node Compression
6716 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6717
6718 @menu
6719 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6720 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6721 @end menu
6722
6723 @node gzip
6724 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6725 @cindex Compressed archives
6726 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6727
6728 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6729 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programms. For backward
6730 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6731 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6732 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6733 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6734 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6735
6736 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6737 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6738 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6739 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6740 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6741 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6742 For example:
6743
6744 @smallexample
6745 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6746 @end smallexample
6747
6748 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6749 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6750 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6751 archive created in previous example:
6752
6753 @smallexample
6754 # List the compressed archive
6755 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6756 # Extract the compressed archive
6757 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6758 @end smallexample
6759
6760 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6761 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6762 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6763 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6764
6765 @smallexample
6766 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6767 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6768 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6769 @end smallexample
6770
6771 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6772 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6773
6774 @smallexample
6775 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6776 @end smallexample
6777
6778 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6779 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6780 modified, i.e. you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6781 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6782 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6783 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6784 compressed.
6785
6786 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6787
6788 @table @kbd
6789 @item -z
6790 @itemx --gzip
6791 @itemx --ungzip
6792 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6793
6794 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6795 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6796 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6797 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6798 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6799 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6800
6801 @smallexample
6802 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6803 @end smallexample
6804
6805 @noindent
6806 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6807 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6808
6809 @smallexample
6810 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6811 @end smallexample
6812
6813 @cindex corrupted archives
6814 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6815 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6816 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6817 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6818 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6819 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6820
6821 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6822 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6823 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6824 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6825 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6826 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6827
6828 @item -j
6829 @itemx --bzip2
6830 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6831
6832 @item -Z
6833 @itemx --compress
6834 @itemx --uncompress
6835 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6836 @value{op-gzip}.
6837
6838 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6839 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6840 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6841 @command{compress}.
6842
6843 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6844 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6845 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6846 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6847
6848 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6849 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6850
6851 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6852 the opposite, i.e. read the compressed data from the standard input
6853 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6854 @end table
6855
6856 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6857 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6858 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6859 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6860 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6861 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6862 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6863 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6864 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6865 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6866
6867 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6868 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6869 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6870 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6871 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6872
6873 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6874 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6875 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6876 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6877 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6878
6879 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6880 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6881 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6882 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6883 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6884
6885 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6886 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6887 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6888 end up with less space on the tape.}
6889
6890 @node sparse
6891 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6892 @cindex Sparse Files
6893 @UNREVISED
6894
6895 @table @kbd
6896 @item -S
6897 @itemx --sparse
6898 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6899 @end table
6900
6901 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6902 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6903 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6904 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6905 space needed to store such a file.
6906
6907 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6908 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6909 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6910 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6911
6912 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6913 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6914 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6915 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6916 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6917 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6918 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6919 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6920 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6921 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6922 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6923 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6924 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6925 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6926 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6927 more space than the original.
6928
6929 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6930 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6931 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6932 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6933 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6934 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6935 about creating archives.
6936
6937 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6938 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6939 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6940
6941 @quotation
6942 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6943 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6944 sparsely in the system.
6945
6946 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6947 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6948 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6949 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6950 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6951 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6952 @end quotation
6953
6954 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6955
6956 @table @kbd
6957 @item --sparse
6958 @itemx -S
6959 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6960 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6961 @end table
6962
6963 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6964 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6965 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6966 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6967 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6968 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6969 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6970 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6971 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6972 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6973
6974 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6975 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6976 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6977 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6978 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6979 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6980 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6981
6982 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6983 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6984 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6985 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6986 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6987 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6988 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6989 1990-12-10:
6990
6991 @quotation
6992 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6993 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6994 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6995 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6996 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6997 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6998
6999 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7000 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7001 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7002 get it right.
7003 @end quotation
7004
7005 @node Attributes
7006 @section Handling File Attributes
7007 @UNREVISED
7008
7009 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7010 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7011 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7012 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7013
7014 Handling of file attributes
7015
7016 @table @kbd
7017 @item --atime-preserve
7018 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7019 This doesn't work for files that
7020 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7021 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7022 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7023 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7024
7025 @item -m
7026 @itemx --touch
7027 Do not extract file modified time.
7028
7029 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7030 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7031 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7032
7033 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7034
7035 @item --same-owner
7036 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7037 archive.
7038
7039 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7040 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7041 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7042 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7043 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7044 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7045 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7046
7047 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7048 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7049 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7050 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7051 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7052 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7053 stored in the archive instead.
7054
7055 @item --no-same-owner
7056 @itemx -o
7057 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7058 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7059 only for the superuser.
7060
7061 @item --numeric-owner
7062 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7063 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7064 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7065 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7066 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7067
7068 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7069 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7070 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7071 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7072 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7073 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7074 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7075 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7076
7077 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7078 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7079 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7080 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7081 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7082 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7083
7084 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7085 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7086 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7087 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7088 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7089 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7090 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7091 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7092 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7093 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7094 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7095 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7096 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7097 gives you a great deal of control already.
7098
7099 @item -p
7100 @itemx --same-permissions
7101 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7102 Extract all protection information.
7103
7104 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7105 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7106 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7107 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7108 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7109
7110
7111 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7112
7113 @item --preserve
7114 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7115
7116 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7117 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7118
7119 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7120
7121 @end table
7122
7123 @node Standard
7124 @section Basic Tar Format
7125 @UNREVISED
7126
7127 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7128 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7129 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7130 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7131 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7132 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7133 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7134
7135 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7136 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7137 bytes. A file
7138 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7139 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7140 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7141 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7142 information about file types.
7143
7144 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7145 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7146 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7147 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7148 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7149 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7150
7151 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7152 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7153 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7154
7155 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7156 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7157 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7158
7159 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7160 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7161 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7162 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7163 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7164 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7165 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7166
7167 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7168 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7169 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7170 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7171 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7172 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7173 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7174 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7175 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7176 records after a zero block.
7177
7178 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7179 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7180
7181 @smallexample
7182 @include header.texi
7183 @end smallexample
7184
7185 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7186 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7187 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7188 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7189 contiguously.
7190
7191 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7192 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7193 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7194 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7195 of file contents is performed.
7196
7197 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7198 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7199 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7200 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7201
7202 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7203 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7204
7205 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7206
7207 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7208 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7209 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7210 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7211 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7212 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7213 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7214 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7215 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7216 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7217
7218 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7219 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7220 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7221
7222 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7223 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7224 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7225
7226 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7227 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7228 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7229 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7230
7231 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7232 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7233 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7234 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7235 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7236 if it were all blanks.
7237
7238 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7239 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7240 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7241 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7242
7243 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7244 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7245 and last inode-change time.
7246
7247 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7248 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7249 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7250 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7251 continued at.
7252
7253 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7254 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7255 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7256 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7257 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7258 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7259 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7260 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7261 differently from non-sparse files.
7262
7263 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7264 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7265 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7266 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7267 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7268 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7269 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7270 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7271 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7272 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7273 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7274 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7275 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7276 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7277 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7278 used to handle a sparse file:
7279
7280 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7281 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7282 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7283 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7284 array element.
7285
7286 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7287 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7288
7289 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7290 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7291 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7292 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7293 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7294 an extended_header is needed.
7295
7296 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7297 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7298 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7299 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7300
7301 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7302 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7303 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7304 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7305
7306 @table @asis
7307
7308 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7309 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7310 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7311 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7312 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7313 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7314 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7315 ends with a slash as a directory.
7316
7317 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7318 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7319 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7320 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7321 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7322
7323 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7324 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7325 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7326
7327 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7328 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7329 These represent character special files and block special files
7330 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7331 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7332 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7333 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7334
7335 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7336 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7337 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7338 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7339 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7340 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7341 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7342 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7343 @code{size} field.
7344
7345 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7346 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7347 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7348
7349 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7350 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7351 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7352 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7353 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7354 type as a normal file.
7355
7356 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7357 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7358 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7359
7360 @end table
7361
7362 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7363 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7364
7365 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7366 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7367 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7368 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7369 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7370 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7371
7372 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7373 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7374 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7375 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7376
7377 @node Extensions
7378 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7379 @UNREVISED
7380
7381 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7382 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7383
7384 @table @code
7385 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7386 @itemx 'D'
7387 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7388 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7389 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7390 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7391 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7392 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7393 last file name.
7394
7395 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7396 @itemx 'M'
7397 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7398 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7399 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7400 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7401 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7402 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7403 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7404 the original size of the file.
7405
7406 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7407 @itemx 'S'
7408 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7409 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7410 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7411 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7412
7413 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7414 @itemx 'V'
7415 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7416 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7417 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7418 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7419 of an archive should have this type.
7420
7421 @end table
7422
7423 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7424 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7425 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7426 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7427 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7428 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7429 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7430 checksum error.
7431
7432 @node cpio
7433 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7434 @UNREVISED
7435
7436 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7437
7438 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7439 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7440 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7441 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7442 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7443 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7444
7445 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7446 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7447 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7448 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7449 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7450 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7451 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7452 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7453
7454 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7455 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7456 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7457 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7458
7459 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7460
7461 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7462 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7463 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7464
7465 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7466 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7467 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7468 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7469 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7470 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7471 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7472 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7473 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7474 make hard links between them.
7475
7476 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7477 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7478 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7479 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7480 of the names.
7481
7482 @quotation
7483 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7484 @end quotation
7485
7486 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7487 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7488 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7489
7490 @quotation
7491 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7492 at the unix scene,
7493 @end quotation
7494
7495 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7496 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7497 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7498 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7499 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7500
7501 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7502 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7503 rest of the files.
7504
7505 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7506
7507 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7508 to start on a record boundary.
7509
7510 @quotation
7511 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7512 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7513 crashed archives at all.)
7514 @end quotation
7515
7516 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7517 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7518 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7519 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7520 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7521 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7522 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7523 archive.
7524
7525 @quotation
7526 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7527 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7528 @end quotation
7529
7530 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7531 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7532 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7533 special files.
7534
7535 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7536 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7537 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7538 backwards compatibility.
7539
7540 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7541 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7542 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7543
7544 @node Media
7545 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7546 @UNREVISED
7547
7548 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7549 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7550
7551 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7552 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7553 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7554 such manipulation easier.
7555
7556 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7557 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7558
7559 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7560 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7561 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7562 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7563
7564 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7565 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7566 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7567 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7568 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7569 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7570
7571 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7572 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7573 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7574 not a good idea.
7575
7576 @menu
7577 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7578 * Remote Tape Server::
7579 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7580 * Blocking:: Blocking
7581 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7582 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7583 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7584 * verify::
7585 * Write Protection::
7586 @end menu
7587
7588 @node Device
7589 @section Device Selection and Switching
7590 @UNREVISED
7591
7592 @table @kbd
7593 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7594 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7595 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7596 @end table
7597
7598 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7599 works on.
7600
7601 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7602 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7603 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7604 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7605 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7606
7607 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7608 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7609 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7610 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7611 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7612 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7613 @command{rsh}.
7614 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7615 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7616 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7617 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7618 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7619 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7620 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7621 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7622 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7623 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7624
7625 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7626 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7627 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7628 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7629 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7630
7631 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7632 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7633 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7634 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7635 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7636 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7637 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7638 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7639 cartridges or diskettes.
7640
7641 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7642 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7643 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7644 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7645 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7646 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7647 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7648 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7649 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7650 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7651 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7652 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7653
7654 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7655 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7656 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7657 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7658 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7659
7660 @table @kbd
7661 @item --force-local
7662 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7663
7664 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7665 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7666 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7667 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7668
7669 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7670 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7671 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7672 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7673 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7674 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7675
7676 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7677 Specify drive and density.
7678
7679 @item -M
7680 @itemx --multi-volume
7681 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7682
7683 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7684 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7685 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7686
7687 @item -L @var{num}
7688 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7689 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7690
7691 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7692 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7693 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7694
7695 @item -F @var{file}
7696 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7697 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7698 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7699 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7700 @end table
7701
7702 @node Remote Tape Server
7703 @section The Remote Tape Server
7704
7705 @cindex remote tape drive
7706 @pindex rmt
7707 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7708 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7709 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7710 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7711 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7712 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7713 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7714
7715 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7716 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7717 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7718 installed by default.
7719
7720 @cindex absolute file names
7721 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7722 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7723 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7724 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7725 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7726 message telling you what it is doing.
7727
7728 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7729 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7730 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7731 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7732 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7733 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7734 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7735 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7736 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7737 backup tapes.
7738
7739 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7740 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7741 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7742 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7743 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7744 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7745 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7746
7747 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7748 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7749 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7750 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7751 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7752 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7753
7754 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7755 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7756 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7757 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7758 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7759 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7760
7761 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7762 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7763 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7764 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7765 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7766
7767 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7768 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7769
7770 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7771 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7772 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7773 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7774 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7775 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7776 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7777 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7778
7779 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7780 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7781
7782 @ifclear PUBLISH
7783
7784 @format
7785 errors from system:
7786 permission denied
7787 no such file or directory
7788 not owner
7789
7790 errors from @command{tar}:
7791 directory checksum error
7792 header format error
7793
7794 errors from media/system:
7795 i/o error
7796 device busy
7797 @end format
7798
7799 @end ifclear
7800
7801 @node Blocking
7802 @section Blocking
7803 @UNREVISED
7804
7805 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7806 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7807 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7808 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7809 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7810
7811 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7812 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7813
7814 @quotation
7815 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7816 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7817 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7818 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7819 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7820 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7821 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7822 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7823 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7824 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7825
7826 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7827 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7828 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7829 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7830 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7831 into the source code too.
7832 @end quotation
7833
7834 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7835 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7836 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7837 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7838 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7839 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7840 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7841 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7842 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7843 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7844 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7845 in @GNUTAR{}.
7846
7847 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7848 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7849 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7850 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7851 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7852 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7853 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7854 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7855 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7856 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7857 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7858 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7859 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7860 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7861 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7862
7863 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7864 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7865 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7866 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7867 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7868 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7869 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7870 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7871
7872 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7873 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7874 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7875 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7876 honor blocking.
7877
7878 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7879 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7880 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7881 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7882 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7883 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7884 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7885 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7886 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7887 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7888 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7889 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7890 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7891 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7892 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7893 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7894 correctly.
7895
7896 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7897 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7898 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7899 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7900 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7901
7902 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7903 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7904 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7905 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7906 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7907 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7908 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7909 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7910 around one megabyte.
7911
7912 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7913 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7914 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7915 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7916 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7917 device.
7918
7919 @menu
7920 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7921 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7922 @end menu
7923
7924 @node Format Variations
7925 @subsection Format Variations
7926 @cindex Format Parameters
7927 @cindex Format Options
7928 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7929 @cindex Options, format specifying
7930 @UNREVISED
7931
7932 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7933 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7934 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7935 store the archive.
7936
7937 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7938 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7939 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7940 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7941 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7942 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7943 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7944 examples of format parameter considerations.
7945
7946 @node Blocking Factor
7947 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7948 @cindex Blocking Factor
7949 @cindex Record Size
7950 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7951 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7952 @cindex Bytes per record
7953 @cindex Blocks per record
7954 @UNREVISED
7955
7956 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7957 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7958 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7959 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7960 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7961 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7962 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7963 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7964 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7965
7966 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7967 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7968 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7969 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7970 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7971 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7972 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7973 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7974 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7975 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7976 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7977 writing archives.
7978
7979 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7980
7981 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7982 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7983 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7984 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7985 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7986 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7987
7988 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7989 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7990 example, this has been reported:
7991
7992 @smallexample
7993 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7994 @end smallexample
7995
7996 @noindent
7997 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7998 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7999 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8000 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8001 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8002 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8003 for example, might resolve the problem.
8004
8005 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8006 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8007 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8008 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8009 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8010 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8011 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8012 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8013 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8014 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8015 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8016 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8017 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8018
8019 @table @kbd
8020 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8021 @itemx -b @var{number}
8022 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8023 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8024 @end table
8025
8026 Device blocking
8027
8028 @table @kbd
8029 @item -b @var{blocks}
8030 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8031 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8032
8033 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8034 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8035 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8036 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8037 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8038 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8039
8040 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8041 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8042 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8043 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8044
8045 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8046 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8047 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8048 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8049 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8050
8051 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8052 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8053 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8054 updating the archive.
8055
8056 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8057 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8058 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8059 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8060
8061 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8062 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8063 the amount of available virtual memory.
8064
8065 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8066 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8067 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8068 @itemize @bullet
8069 @item
8070 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8071 @item
8072 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8073 redirected nor piped,
8074 @item
8075 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8076 device,
8077 @item
8078 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8079 invocation.
8080 @end itemize
8081
8082 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8083 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8084 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8085 topic:
8086
8087 @itemize @bullet
8088
8089 @item
8090 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8091 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8092 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8093 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8094 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8095 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8096
8097 @item
8098 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8099 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8100 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8101 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8102 ignored.
8103
8104 @item
8105 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8106 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8107 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8108 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8109 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8110 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8111 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8112
8113 @item
8114 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8115 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8116 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8117 @end itemize
8118
8119 @item -i
8120 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8121 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8122
8123 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8124 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8125 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8126 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8127 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8128 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8129 the zeroed blocks.
8130
8131 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8132 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8133 are stored on a single physical tape.
8134
8135 @item -B
8136 @itemx --read-full-records
8137 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8138
8139 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8140 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8141 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8142 record.
8143
8144 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8145 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8146 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8147 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8148 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8149 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8150
8151 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8152
8153 @end table
8154
8155 Tape blocking
8156
8157 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8158
8159 @cindex blocking factor
8160 @cindex tape blocking
8161
8162 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8163 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8164 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8165 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8166 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8167 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8168 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8169 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8170 tape motion without loosing information.
8171
8172 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8173 @cindex DAT blocking
8174 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8175 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8176 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8177 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8178 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8179 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8180 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8181 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8182 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8183 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8184 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8185 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8186 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8187 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8188 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8189 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8190
8191 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8192 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8193 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8194 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8195
8196 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8197 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8198 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8199
8200 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8201 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8202 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8203
8204 @node Many
8205 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8206
8207 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8208
8209 @findex ntape @r{device}
8210 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8211 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8212 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8213 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8214 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8215 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8216 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8217 device.
8218
8219 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8220 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8221 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8222 means that a simple:
8223
8224 @smallexample
8225 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8226 @end smallexample
8227
8228 @noindent
8229 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8230 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8231 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8232 just been saved.
8233
8234 @cindex tape positioning
8235 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8236 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8237 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8238 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8239 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8240 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8241 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8242 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8243 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8244 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8245 recovered.
8246
8247 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8248 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8249
8250 @smallexample
8251 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8252 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8253 @end smallexample
8254
8255 @cindex tape marks
8256 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8257 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8258 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8259 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8260 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8261 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8262 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8263 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8264 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8265 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8266 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8267
8268 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8269 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8270
8271 @smallexample
8272 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8273 @end smallexample
8274
8275 @noindent
8276 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8277
8278 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8279 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8280 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8281 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8282 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8283 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8284 these commands:
8285
8286 @smallexample
8287 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8288 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8289 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8290 @end smallexample
8291
8292 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8293 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8294
8295 @menu
8296 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8297 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8298 @end menu
8299
8300 @node Tape Positioning
8301 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8302 @UNREVISED
8303
8304 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8305 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8306 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8307 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8308 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8309 two at the end of all the file entries.
8310
8311 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8312 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8313
8314 @smallexample
8315 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8316 @end smallexample
8317
8318 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8319 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8320 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8321 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8322 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8323 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8324 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8325 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8326 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8327 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8328 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8329 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8330
8331 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8332 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8333 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8334 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8335 following:
8336
8337 @smallexample
8338 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8339 @end smallexample
8340
8341 @node mt
8342 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8343 @UNREVISED
8344
8345 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8346 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8347 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8348
8349 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8350 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8351 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8352 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8353 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8354 together"?}
8355
8356 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8357
8358 @smallexample
8359 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8360 @end smallexample
8361
8362 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8363 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8364 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8365
8366 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8367
8368 @table @kbd
8369 @item eof
8370 @itemx weof
8371 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8372
8373 @item fsf
8374 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8375
8376 @item bsf
8377 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8378
8379 @item rewind
8380 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8381
8382 @item offline
8383 @itemx rewoff1
8384 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8385
8386 @item status
8387 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8388
8389 @end table
8390
8391 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8392
8393 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8394 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8395 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8396
8397 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8398 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8399 failed.
8400
8401 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8402
8403 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8404 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8405 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8406 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8407 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8408 @value{xref-label}.
8409 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8410 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8411 label.
8412
8413 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8414
8415 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8416 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8417 @UNREVISED
8418
8419 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8420 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8421 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8422 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8423 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8424
8425 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8426 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8427 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8428 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8429 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8430 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8431 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8432 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8433 file.)
8434
8435 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8436 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8437 process them properly.
8438
8439 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8440 responses:
8441
8442 @table @kbd
8443 @item ?
8444 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8445 @item q
8446 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8447 @item n @var{file name}
8448 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8449 @item !
8450 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8451 @item y
8452 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8453 @end table
8454
8455 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8456 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8457
8458 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8459 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8460 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8461 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8462 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8463 of the
8464 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8465 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8466
8467 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8468 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8469 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8470 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8471 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8472 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8473 never required for real, as far as we know.
8474
8475 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8476 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8477 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8478 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8479 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8480 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8481 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8482 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8483 the prompt.)
8484
8485 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8486 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8487 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8488 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8489 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8490 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8491 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8492 script).
8493
8494 Multi-volume archives
8495
8496 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8497 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8498 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8499 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8500
8501 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8502 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8503 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8504 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8505 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8506 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8507 the file begins.
8508
8509 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8510 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8511 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8512 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8513
8514 @smallexample
8515 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8516 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8517 @end smallexample
8518
8519 @menu
8520 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8521 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8522 @end menu
8523
8524 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8525 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8526 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8527 @UNREVISED
8528
8529 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8530 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8531 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8532 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8533 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8534 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8535
8536 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8537 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8538 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8539 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8540 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8541 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8542
8543 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8544 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8545 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8546 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8547 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8548 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8549
8550 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8551 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8552 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8553 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8554 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8555 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8556 information about extracting archives.
8557
8558 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8559 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8560 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8561 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8562 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8563 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8564 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8565
8566 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8567 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8568 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8569 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8570
8571 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8572 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8573 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8574 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8575 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8576
8577 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8578 @FIXME{example}
8579
8580 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8581 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8582
8583 @table @kbd
8584 @item --multi-volume
8585 @itemx -M
8586 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8587 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8588 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8589 operation.
8590
8591 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8592 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8593 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8594 @value{op-create}.
8595 @end table
8596
8597 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8598 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8599 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8600 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8601 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8602 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8603 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8604 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8605 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8606 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8607 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8608 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8609
8610 @node Tape Files
8611 @subsection Tape Files
8612 @UNREVISED
8613
8614 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8615 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8616 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8617 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8618 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8619 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8620 volume label will have
8621 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8622 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8623 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8624 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8625
8626 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8627 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8628 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8629 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8630 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8631 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8632 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8633
8634 People seem to often do:
8635
8636 @smallexample
8637 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8638 @end smallexample
8639
8640 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8641
8642 @node label
8643 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8644 @cindex Labeling an archive
8645 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8646 @UNREVISED
8647
8648 @table @kbd
8649 @item -V @var{name}
8650 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8651 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8652 @end table
8653
8654 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8655 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8656 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8657 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8658 next, and so on.
8659
8660 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8661
8662 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8663 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8664 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8665 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8666 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8667
8668 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8669 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8670 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8671 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8672 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8673 volume archives.}
8674
8675 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8676 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8677 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8678 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8679 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8680 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8681 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8682 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8683 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8684 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8685 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8686 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8687 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8688 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8689
8690 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8691 under that name anymore.
8692
8693 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8694 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8695 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8696 in the example below:
8697
8698 @smallexample
8699 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8700 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8701 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8702 @end smallexample
8703
8704 @table @kbd
8705 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8706 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8707 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8708 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8709 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8710 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8711 @value{op-extract} option.
8712 @end table
8713
8714 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8715 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8716 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8717 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8718
8719 @smallexample
8720 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8721 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8722 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8723 @end smallexample
8724
8725 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8726 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8727 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8728 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8729 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8730 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8731 is usually not the case.
8732
8733 @FIXME{was --volume}
8734
8735 @node verify
8736 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8737 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8738 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8739
8740 @table @kbd
8741 @item -W
8742 @itemx --verify
8743 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8744 @end table
8745
8746 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8747 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8748 are recorded on the standard error output.
8749
8750 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8751 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8752 cannot be verified.
8753
8754 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8755 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8756 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8757 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8758 it is up to date.
8759
8760 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8761 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8762 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8763 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8764 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8765
8766 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8767 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8768 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8769 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8770
8771 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8772 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8773 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8774
8775 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8776 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8777 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8778 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8779 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8780 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8781 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8782 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8783 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8784 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8785 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8786 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8787
8788 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8789 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8790 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8791 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8792 as long as programming is concerned.
8793
8794 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8795 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8796 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8797 for more information on these operations.
8798
8799 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8800 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8801 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8802 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8803 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8804
8805 @node Write Protection
8806 @section Write Protection
8807
8808 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8809 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8810 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8811 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8812 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8813 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8814
8815 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8816 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8817 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8818 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8819 changeable feature.
8820
8821 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8822 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8823 @include freemanuals.texi
8824
8825 @node Genfile
8826 @appendix Genfile
8827 @include genfile.texi
8828
8829 @node Copying This Manual
8830 @appendix Copying This Manual
8831
8832 @menu
8833 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8834 @end menu
8835
8836 @include fdl.texi
8837
8838 @node Index
8839 @appendix Index
8840
8841 @printindex cp
8842
8843 @summarycontents
8844 @contents
8845 @bye
8846
8847 @c Local variables:
8848 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8849 @c End:
This page took 0.430119 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.